blob: 46ec87eed267820ae843632f02452cb26b38b1c3 [file] [log] [blame]
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00001<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN"
2 "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd">
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003<html>
4<head>
5 <title>LLVM Assembly Language Reference Manual</title>
Reid Spencer3921c742004-08-26 20:44:00 +00006 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
7 <meta name="author" content="Chris Lattner">
8 <meta name="description"
9 content="LLVM Assembly Language Reference Manual.">
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +000010 <link rel="stylesheet" href="llvm.css" type="text/css">
11</head>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +000012
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +000013<body>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +000014
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000015<div class="doc_title"> LLVM Language Reference Manual </div>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +000016<ol>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +000017 <li><a href="#abstract">Abstract</a></li>
18 <li><a href="#introduction">Introduction</a></li>
19 <li><a href="#identifiers">Identifiers</a></li>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +000020 <li><a href="#highlevel">High Level Structure</a>
21 <ol>
22 <li><a href="#modulestructure">Module Structure</a></li>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +000023 <li><a href="#linkage">Linkage Types</a></li>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +000024 <li><a href="#callingconv">Calling Conventions</a></li>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +000025 <li><a href="#globalvars">Global Variables</a></li>
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +000026 <li><a href="#functionstructure">Functions</a></li>
Anton Korobeynikovc6c98af2007-04-29 18:02:48 +000027 <li><a href="#aliasstructure">Aliases</a>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +000028 <li><a href="#paramattrs">Parameter Attributes</a></li>
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +000029 <li><a href="#moduleasm">Module-Level Inline Assembly</a></li>
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +000030 <li><a href="#datalayout">Data Layout</a></li>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +000031 </ol>
32 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +000033 <li><a href="#typesystem">Type System</a>
34 <ol>
Robert Bocchino7b81c752006-02-17 21:18:08 +000035 <li><a href="#t_primitive">Primitive Types</a>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000036 <ol>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +000037 <li><a href="#t_classifications">Type Classifications</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000038 </ol>
39 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +000040 <li><a href="#t_derived">Derived Types</a>
41 <ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000042 <li><a href="#t_array">Array Type</a></li>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +000043 <li><a href="#t_function">Function Type</a></li>
44 <li><a href="#t_pointer">Pointer Type</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000045 <li><a href="#t_struct">Structure Type</a></li>
Andrew Lenharth75e10682006-12-08 17:13:00 +000046 <li><a href="#t_pstruct">Packed Structure Type</a></li>
Reid Spencer485bad12007-02-15 03:07:05 +000047 <li><a href="#t_vector">Vector Type</a></li>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +000048 <li><a href="#t_opaque">Opaque Type</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000049 </ol>
50 </li>
51 </ol>
52 </li>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +000053 <li><a href="#constants">Constants</a>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +000054 <ol>
55 <li><a href="#simpleconstants">Simple Constants</a>
56 <li><a href="#aggregateconstants">Aggregate Constants</a>
57 <li><a href="#globalconstants">Global Variable and Function Addresses</a>
58 <li><a href="#undefvalues">Undefined Values</a>
59 <li><a href="#constantexprs">Constant Expressions</a>
60 </ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000061 </li>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +000062 <li><a href="#othervalues">Other Values</a>
63 <ol>
64 <li><a href="#inlineasm">Inline Assembler Expressions</a>
65 </ol>
66 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +000067 <li><a href="#instref">Instruction Reference</a>
68 <ol>
69 <li><a href="#terminators">Terminator Instructions</a>
70 <ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000071 <li><a href="#i_ret">'<tt>ret</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
72 <li><a href="#i_br">'<tt>br</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +000073 <li><a href="#i_switch">'<tt>switch</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
74 <li><a href="#i_invoke">'<tt>invoke</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000075 <li><a href="#i_unwind">'<tt>unwind</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +000076 <li><a href="#i_unreachable">'<tt>unreachable</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000077 </ol>
78 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +000079 <li><a href="#binaryops">Binary Operations</a>
80 <ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000081 <li><a href="#i_add">'<tt>add</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
82 <li><a href="#i_sub">'<tt>sub</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
83 <li><a href="#i_mul">'<tt>mul</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +000084 <li><a href="#i_udiv">'<tt>udiv</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
85 <li><a href="#i_sdiv">'<tt>sdiv</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
86 <li><a href="#i_fdiv">'<tt>fdiv</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +000087 <li><a href="#i_urem">'<tt>urem</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
88 <li><a href="#i_srem">'<tt>srem</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
89 <li><a href="#i_frem">'<tt>frem</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000090 </ol>
91 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +000092 <li><a href="#bitwiseops">Bitwise Binary Operations</a>
93 <ol>
Reid Spencer8e11bf82007-02-02 13:57:07 +000094 <li><a href="#i_shl">'<tt>shl</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
95 <li><a href="#i_lshr">'<tt>lshr</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
96 <li><a href="#i_ashr">'<tt>ashr</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +000097 <li><a href="#i_and">'<tt>and</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000098 <li><a href="#i_or">'<tt>or</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +000099 <li><a href="#i_xor">'<tt>xor</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000100 </ol>
101 </li>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +0000102 <li><a href="#vectorops">Vector Operations</a>
103 <ol>
104 <li><a href="#i_extractelement">'<tt>extractelement</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
105 <li><a href="#i_insertelement">'<tt>insertelement</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
106 <li><a href="#i_shufflevector">'<tt>shufflevector</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +0000107 </ol>
108 </li>
Chris Lattner884a9702006-08-15 00:45:58 +0000109 <li><a href="#memoryops">Memory Access and Addressing Operations</a>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000110 <ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000111 <li><a href="#i_malloc">'<tt>malloc</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
112 <li><a href="#i_free">'<tt>free</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
113 <li><a href="#i_alloca">'<tt>alloca</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Robert Bocchino7b81c752006-02-17 21:18:08 +0000114 <li><a href="#i_load">'<tt>load</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
115 <li><a href="#i_store">'<tt>store</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
116 <li><a href="#i_getelementptr">'<tt>getelementptr</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000117 </ol>
118 </li>
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +0000119 <li><a href="#convertops">Conversion Operations</a>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000120 <ol>
121 <li><a href="#i_trunc">'<tt>trunc .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
122 <li><a href="#i_zext">'<tt>zext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
123 <li><a href="#i_sext">'<tt>sext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
124 <li><a href="#i_fptrunc">'<tt>fptrunc .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
125 <li><a href="#i_fpext">'<tt>fpext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +0000126 <li><a href="#i_fptoui">'<tt>fptoui .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
127 <li><a href="#i_fptosi">'<tt>fptosi .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
128 <li><a href="#i_uitofp">'<tt>uitofp .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
129 <li><a href="#i_sitofp">'<tt>sitofp .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +0000130 <li><a href="#i_ptrtoint">'<tt>ptrtoint .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
131 <li><a href="#i_inttoptr">'<tt>inttoptr .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +0000132 <li><a href="#i_bitcast">'<tt>bitcast .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000133 </ol>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000134 <li><a href="#otherops">Other Operations</a>
135 <ol>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +0000136 <li><a href="#i_icmp">'<tt>icmp</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
137 <li><a href="#i_fcmp">'<tt>fcmp</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000138 <li><a href="#i_phi">'<tt>phi</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +0000139 <li><a href="#i_select">'<tt>select</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000140 <li><a href="#i_call">'<tt>call</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattnerfb6977d2006-01-13 23:26:01 +0000141 <li><a href="#i_va_arg">'<tt>va_arg</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000142 </ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000143 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000144 </ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000145 </li>
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +0000146 <li><a href="#intrinsics">Intrinsic Functions</a>
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +0000147 <ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000148 <li><a href="#int_varargs">Variable Argument Handling Intrinsics</a>
149 <ol>
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +0000150 <li><a href="#int_va_start">'<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
151 <li><a href="#int_va_end">'<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
152 <li><a href="#int_va_copy">'<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000153 </ol>
154 </li>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000155 <li><a href="#int_gc">Accurate Garbage Collection Intrinsics</a>
156 <ol>
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +0000157 <li><a href="#int_gcroot">'<tt>llvm.gcroot</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
158 <li><a href="#int_gcread">'<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
159 <li><a href="#int_gcwrite">'<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000160 </ol>
161 </li>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +0000162 <li><a href="#int_codegen">Code Generator Intrinsics</a>
163 <ol>
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +0000164 <li><a href="#int_returnaddress">'<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
165 <li><a href="#int_frameaddress">'<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
166 <li><a href="#int_stacksave">'<tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
167 <li><a href="#int_stackrestore">'<tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
168 <li><a href="#int_prefetch">'<tt>llvm.prefetch</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
169 <li><a href="#int_pcmarker">'<tt>llvm.pcmarker</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
170 <li><a href="#int_readcyclecounter"><tt>llvm.readcyclecounter</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
John Criswell7123e272004-04-09 16:43:20 +0000171 </ol>
172 </li>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000173 <li><a href="#int_libc">Standard C Library Intrinsics</a>
174 <ol>
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +0000175 <li><a href="#int_memcpy">'<tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
176 <li><a href="#int_memmove">'<tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
177 <li><a href="#int_memset">'<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
178 <li><a href="#int_sqrt">'<tt>llvm.sqrt.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
179 <li><a href="#int_powi">'<tt>llvm.powi.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +0000180 <li><a href="#int_sin">'<tt>llvm.sin.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
181 <li><a href="#int_cos">'<tt>llvm.cos.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
182 <li><a href="#int_pow">'<tt>llvm.pow.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000183 </ol>
184 </li>
Nate Begeman7e36c472006-01-13 23:26:38 +0000185 <li><a href="#int_manip">Bit Manipulation Intrinsics</a>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +0000186 <ol>
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +0000187 <li><a href="#int_bswap">'<tt>llvm.bswap.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a></li>
Chris Lattner8a886be2006-01-16 22:34:14 +0000188 <li><a href="#int_ctpop">'<tt>llvm.ctpop.*</tt>' Intrinsic </a></li>
189 <li><a href="#int_ctlz">'<tt>llvm.ctlz.*</tt>' Intrinsic </a></li>
190 <li><a href="#int_cttz">'<tt>llvm.cttz.*</tt>' Intrinsic </a></li>
Reid Spencerf86037f2007-04-11 23:23:49 +0000191 <li><a href="#int_part_select">'<tt>llvm.part.select.*</tt>' Intrinsic </a></li>
192 <li><a href="#int_part_set">'<tt>llvm.part.set.*</tt>' Intrinsic </a></li>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +0000193 </ol>
194 </li>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000195 <li><a href="#int_debugger">Debugger intrinsics</a></li>
Jim Laskeydd4ef1b2007-03-14 19:31:19 +0000196 <li><a href="#int_eh">Exception Handling intrinsics</a></li>
Duncan Sandsf7331b32007-09-11 14:10:23 +0000197 <li><a href="#int_trampoline">Trampoline Intrinsic</a>
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +0000198 <ol>
199 <li><a href="#int_it">'<tt>llvm.init.trampoline</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +0000200 </ol>
201 </li>
Reid Spencer20677642007-07-20 19:59:11 +0000202 <li><a href="#int_general">General intrinsics</a>
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +0000203 <ol>
Reid Spencer20677642007-07-20 19:59:11 +0000204 <li><a href="#int_var_annotation">
Tanya Lattner91d0b882007-09-22 00:01:26 +0000205 <tt>llvm.var.annotation</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Reid Spencer20677642007-07-20 19:59:11 +0000206 </ol>
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +0000207 <ol>
208 <li><a href="#int_annotation">
Tanya Lattner91d0b882007-09-22 00:01:26 +0000209 <tt>llvm.annotation.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +0000210 </ol>
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +0000211 </li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000212 </ol>
213 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000214</ol>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000215
216<div class="doc_author">
217 <p>Written by <a href="mailto:sabre@nondot.org">Chris Lattner</a>
218 and <a href="mailto:vadve@cs.uiuc.edu">Vikram Adve</a></p>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000219</div>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000220
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000221<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000222<div class="doc_section"> <a name="abstract">Abstract </a></div>
223<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000224
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000225<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000226<p>This document is a reference manual for the LLVM assembly language.
227LLVM is an SSA based representation that provides type safety,
228low-level operations, flexibility, and the capability of representing
229'all' high-level languages cleanly. It is the common code
230representation used throughout all phases of the LLVM compilation
231strategy.</p>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000232</div>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000233
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000234<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000235<div class="doc_section"> <a name="introduction">Introduction</a> </div>
236<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000237
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000238<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000239
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000240<p>The LLVM code representation is designed to be used in three
Gabor Greif04367bf2007-07-06 22:07:22 +0000241different forms: as an in-memory compiler IR, as an on-disk bitcode
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000242representation (suitable for fast loading by a Just-In-Time compiler),
243and as a human readable assembly language representation. This allows
244LLVM to provide a powerful intermediate representation for efficient
245compiler transformations and analysis, while providing a natural means
246to debug and visualize the transformations. The three different forms
247of LLVM are all equivalent. This document describes the human readable
248representation and notation.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000249
John Criswellc1f786c2005-05-13 22:25:59 +0000250<p>The LLVM representation aims to be light-weight and low-level
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000251while being expressive, typed, and extensible at the same time. It
252aims to be a "universal IR" of sorts, by being at a low enough level
253that high-level ideas may be cleanly mapped to it (similar to how
254microprocessors are "universal IR's", allowing many source languages to
255be mapped to them). By providing type information, LLVM can be used as
256the target of optimizations: for example, through pointer analysis, it
257can be proven that a C automatic variable is never accessed outside of
258the current function... allowing it to be promoted to a simple SSA
259value instead of a memory location.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000260
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000261</div>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000262
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000263<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000264<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="wellformed">Well-Formedness</a> </div>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000265
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000266<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000267
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000268<p>It is important to note that this document describes 'well formed'
269LLVM assembly language. There is a difference between what the parser
270accepts and what is considered 'well formed'. For example, the
271following instruction is syntactically okay, but not well formed:</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000272
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000273<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000274<pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000275%x = <a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 1, %x
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000276</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000277</div>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000278
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000279<p>...because the definition of <tt>%x</tt> does not dominate all of
280its uses. The LLVM infrastructure provides a verification pass that may
281be used to verify that an LLVM module is well formed. This pass is
John Criswellc1f786c2005-05-13 22:25:59 +0000282automatically run by the parser after parsing input assembly and by
Gabor Greif04367bf2007-07-06 22:07:22 +0000283the optimizer before it outputs bitcode. The violations pointed out
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000284by the verifier pass indicate bugs in transformation passes or input to
285the parser.</p>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000286</div>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000287
Chris Lattnercc689392007-10-03 17:34:29 +0000288<!-- Describe the typesetting conventions here. -->
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000289
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000290<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000291<div class="doc_section"> <a name="identifiers">Identifiers</a> </div>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000292<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000293
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000294<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000295
Reid Spencer2c452282007-08-07 14:34:28 +0000296 <p>LLVM identifiers come in two basic types: global and local. Global
297 identifiers (functions, global variables) begin with the @ character. Local
298 identifiers (register names, types) begin with the % character. Additionally,
299 there are three different formats for identifiers, for different purposes:
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000300
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000301<ol>
Reid Spencer2c452282007-08-07 14:34:28 +0000302 <li>Named values are represented as a string of characters with their prefix.
303 For example, %foo, @DivisionByZero, %a.really.long.identifier. The actual
304 regular expression used is '<tt>[%@][a-zA-Z$._][a-zA-Z$._0-9]*</tt>'.
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000305 Identifiers which require other characters in their names can be surrounded
Reid Spencer2c452282007-08-07 14:34:28 +0000306 with quotes. In this way, anything except a <tt>&quot;</tt> character can
307 be used in a named value.</li>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000308
Reid Spencer2c452282007-08-07 14:34:28 +0000309 <li>Unnamed values are represented as an unsigned numeric value with their
310 prefix. For example, %12, @2, %44.</li>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000311
Reid Spencercc16dc32004-12-09 18:02:53 +0000312 <li>Constants, which are described in a <a href="#constants">section about
313 constants</a>, below.</li>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000314</ol>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000315
Reid Spencer2c452282007-08-07 14:34:28 +0000316<p>LLVM requires that values start with a prefix for two reasons: Compilers
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000317don't need to worry about name clashes with reserved words, and the set of
318reserved words may be expanded in the future without penalty. Additionally,
319unnamed identifiers allow a compiler to quickly come up with a temporary
320variable without having to avoid symbol table conflicts.</p>
321
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000322<p>Reserved words in LLVM are very similar to reserved words in other
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +0000323languages. There are keywords for different opcodes
324('<tt><a href="#i_add">add</a></tt>',
325 '<tt><a href="#i_bitcast">bitcast</a></tt>',
326 '<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>', etc...), for primitive type names ('<tt><a
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000327href="#t_void">void</a></tt>', '<tt><a href="#t_primitive">i32</a></tt>', etc...),
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000328and others. These reserved words cannot conflict with variable names, because
Reid Spencer2c452282007-08-07 14:34:28 +0000329none of them start with a prefix character ('%' or '@').</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000330
331<p>Here is an example of LLVM code to multiply the integer variable
332'<tt>%X</tt>' by 8:</p>
333
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000334<p>The easy way:</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000335
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000336<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000337<pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000338%result = <a href="#i_mul">mul</a> i32 %X, 8
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000339</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000340</div>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000341
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000342<p>After strength reduction:</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000343
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000344<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000345<pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000346%result = <a href="#i_shl">shl</a> i32 %X, i8 3
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000347</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000348</div>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000349
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000350<p>And the hard way:</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000351
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000352<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000353<pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000354<a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 %X, %X <i>; yields {i32}:%0</i>
355<a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 %0, %0 <i>; yields {i32}:%1</i>
356%result = <a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 %1, %1
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000357</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000358</div>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000359
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000360<p>This last way of multiplying <tt>%X</tt> by 8 illustrates several
361important lexical features of LLVM:</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000362
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000363<ol>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000364
365 <li>Comments are delimited with a '<tt>;</tt>' and go until the end of
366 line.</li>
367
368 <li>Unnamed temporaries are created when the result of a computation is not
369 assigned to a named value.</li>
370
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000371 <li>Unnamed temporaries are numbered sequentially</li>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000372
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000373</ol>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000374
John Criswelle4c57cc2005-05-12 16:52:32 +0000375<p>...and it also shows a convention that we follow in this document. When
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000376demonstrating instructions, we will follow an instruction with a comment that
377defines the type and name of value produced. Comments are shown in italic
378text.</p>
379
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000380</div>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000381
382<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
383<div class="doc_section"> <a name="highlevel">High Level Structure</a> </div>
384<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
385
386<!-- ======================================================================= -->
387<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="modulestructure">Module Structure</a>
388</div>
389
390<div class="doc_text">
391
392<p>LLVM programs are composed of "Module"s, each of which is a
393translation unit of the input programs. Each module consists of
394functions, global variables, and symbol table entries. Modules may be
395combined together with the LLVM linker, which merges function (and
396global variable) definitions, resolves forward declarations, and merges
397symbol table entries. Here is an example of the "hello world" module:</p>
398
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000399<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000400<pre><i>; Declare the string constant as a global constant...</i>
Chris Lattnera89e5f12007-06-12 17:00:26 +0000401<a href="#identifiers">@.LC0</a> = <a href="#linkage_internal">internal</a> <a
402 href="#globalvars">constant</a> <a href="#t_array">[13 x i8]</a> c"hello world\0A\00" <i>; [13 x i8]*</i>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000403
404<i>; External declaration of the puts function</i>
Chris Lattnera89e5f12007-06-12 17:00:26 +0000405<a href="#functionstructure">declare</a> i32 @puts(i8 *) <i>; i32(i8 *)* </i>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000406
407<i>; Definition of main function</i>
Chris Lattnera89e5f12007-06-12 17:00:26 +0000408define i32 @main() { <i>; i32()* </i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000409 <i>; Convert [13x i8 ]* to i8 *...</i>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000410 %cast210 = <a
Chris Lattner6c0955b2007-06-12 17:01:15 +0000411 href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a> [13 x i8 ]* @.LC0, i64 0, i64 0 <i>; i8 *</i>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000412
413 <i>; Call puts function to write out the string to stdout...</i>
414 <a
Chris Lattnera89e5f12007-06-12 17:00:26 +0000415 href="#i_call">call</a> i32 @puts(i8 * %cast210) <i>; i32</i>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000416 <a
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000417 href="#i_ret">ret</a> i32 0<br>}<br>
418</pre>
419</div>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000420
421<p>This example is made up of a <a href="#globalvars">global variable</a>
422named "<tt>.LC0</tt>", an external declaration of the "<tt>puts</tt>"
423function, and a <a href="#functionstructure">function definition</a>
424for "<tt>main</tt>".</p>
425
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000426<p>In general, a module is made up of a list of global values,
427where both functions and global variables are global values. Global values are
428represented by a pointer to a memory location (in this case, a pointer to an
429array of char, and a pointer to a function), and have one of the following <a
430href="#linkage">linkage types</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000431
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000432</div>
433
434<!-- ======================================================================= -->
435<div class="doc_subsection">
436 <a name="linkage">Linkage Types</a>
437</div>
438
439<div class="doc_text">
440
441<p>
442All Global Variables and Functions have one of the following types of linkage:
443</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000444
445<dl>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000446
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000447 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_internal">internal</a></b></tt> </dt>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000448
449 <dd>Global values with internal linkage are only directly accessible by
450 objects in the current module. In particular, linking code into a module with
451 an internal global value may cause the internal to be renamed as necessary to
452 avoid collisions. Because the symbol is internal to the module, all
453 references can be updated. This corresponds to the notion of the
Chris Lattner4887bd82007-01-14 06:51:48 +0000454 '<tt>static</tt>' keyword in C.
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000455 </dd>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000456
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000457 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_linkonce">linkonce</a></b></tt>: </dt>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000458
Chris Lattner4887bd82007-01-14 06:51:48 +0000459 <dd>Globals with "<tt>linkonce</tt>" linkage are merged with other globals of
460 the same name when linkage occurs. This is typically used to implement
461 inline functions, templates, or other code which must be generated in each
462 translation unit that uses it. Unreferenced <tt>linkonce</tt> globals are
463 allowed to be discarded.
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000464 </dd>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000465
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000466 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_weak">weak</a></b></tt>: </dt>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000467
468 <dd>"<tt>weak</tt>" linkage is exactly the same as <tt>linkonce</tt> linkage,
469 except that unreferenced <tt>weak</tt> globals may not be discarded. This is
Chris Lattner4887bd82007-01-14 06:51:48 +0000470 used for globals that may be emitted in multiple translation units, but that
471 are not guaranteed to be emitted into every translation unit that uses them.
472 One example of this are common globals in C, such as "<tt>int X;</tt>" at
473 global scope.
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000474 </dd>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000475
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000476 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_appending">appending</a></b></tt>: </dt>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000477
478 <dd>"<tt>appending</tt>" linkage may only be applied to global variables of
479 pointer to array type. When two global variables with appending linkage are
480 linked together, the two global arrays are appended together. This is the
481 LLVM, typesafe, equivalent of having the system linker append together
482 "sections" with identical names when .o files are linked.
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000483 </dd>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000484
Anton Korobeynikov7f705592007-01-12 19:20:47 +0000485 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_externweak">extern_weak</a></b></tt>: </dt>
486 <dd>The semantics of this linkage follow the ELF model: the symbol is weak
487 until linked, if not linked, the symbol becomes null instead of being an
488 undefined reference.
489 </dd>
Anton Korobeynikov7f705592007-01-12 19:20:47 +0000490
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000491 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_external">externally visible</a></b></tt>:</dt>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000492
493 <dd>If none of the above identifiers are used, the global is externally
494 visible, meaning that it participates in linkage and can be used to resolve
495 external symbol references.
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000496 </dd>
Reid Spencerc8910842007-04-11 23:49:50 +0000497</dl>
Anton Korobeynikovb74ed072006-09-14 18:23:27 +0000498
Anton Korobeynikovb74ed072006-09-14 18:23:27 +0000499 <p>
500 The next two types of linkage are targeted for Microsoft Windows platform
501 only. They are designed to support importing (exporting) symbols from (to)
502 DLLs.
503 </p>
504
Anton Korobeynikov7f705592007-01-12 19:20:47 +0000505 <dl>
Anton Korobeynikovb74ed072006-09-14 18:23:27 +0000506 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_dllimport">dllimport</a></b></tt>: </dt>
507
508 <dd>"<tt>dllimport</tt>" linkage causes the compiler to reference a function
509 or variable via a global pointer to a pointer that is set up by the DLL
510 exporting the symbol. On Microsoft Windows targets, the pointer name is
511 formed by combining <code>_imp__</code> and the function or variable name.
512 </dd>
513
514 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_dllexport">dllexport</a></b></tt>: </dt>
515
516 <dd>"<tt>dllexport</tt>" linkage causes the compiler to provide a global
517 pointer to a pointer in a DLL, so that it can be referenced with the
518 <tt>dllimport</tt> attribute. On Microsoft Windows targets, the pointer
519 name is formed by combining <code>_imp__</code> and the function or variable
520 name.
521 </dd>
522
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000523</dl>
524
Anton Korobeynikov7f705592007-01-12 19:20:47 +0000525<p><a name="linkage_external"></a>For example, since the "<tt>.LC0</tt>"
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000526variable is defined to be internal, if another module defined a "<tt>.LC0</tt>"
527variable and was linked with this one, one of the two would be renamed,
528preventing a collision. Since "<tt>main</tt>" and "<tt>puts</tt>" are
529external (i.e., lacking any linkage declarations), they are accessible
Reid Spencerac8d2762007-01-05 00:59:10 +0000530outside of the current module.</p>
531<p>It is illegal for a function <i>declaration</i>
532to have any linkage type other than "externally visible", <tt>dllimport</tt>,
Anton Korobeynikov7f705592007-01-12 19:20:47 +0000533or <tt>extern_weak</tt>.</p>
Anton Korobeynikov8b0a8c82007-04-25 14:27:10 +0000534<p>Aliases can have only <tt>external</tt>, <tt>internal</tt> and <tt>weak</tt>
535linkages.
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000536</div>
537
538<!-- ======================================================================= -->
539<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000540 <a name="callingconv">Calling Conventions</a>
541</div>
542
543<div class="doc_text">
544
545<p>LLVM <a href="#functionstructure">functions</a>, <a href="#i_call">calls</a>
546and <a href="#i_invoke">invokes</a> can all have an optional calling convention
547specified for the call. The calling convention of any pair of dynamic
548caller/callee must match, or the behavior of the program is undefined. The
549following calling conventions are supported by LLVM, and more may be added in
550the future:</p>
551
552<dl>
553 <dt><b>"<tt>ccc</tt>" - The C calling convention</b>:</dt>
554
555 <dd>This calling convention (the default if no other calling convention is
556 specified) matches the target C calling conventions. This calling convention
John Criswelle4c57cc2005-05-12 16:52:32 +0000557 supports varargs function calls and tolerates some mismatch in the declared
Reid Spencerc28d2bc2006-12-31 21:30:18 +0000558 prototype and implemented declaration of the function (as does normal C).
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000559 </dd>
560
561 <dt><b>"<tt>fastcc</tt>" - The fast calling convention</b>:</dt>
562
563 <dd>This calling convention attempts to make calls as fast as possible
564 (e.g. by passing things in registers). This calling convention allows the
565 target to use whatever tricks it wants to produce fast code for the target,
Chris Lattner8cdc5bc2005-05-06 23:08:23 +0000566 without having to conform to an externally specified ABI. Implementations of
567 this convention should allow arbitrary tail call optimization to be supported.
568 This calling convention does not support varargs and requires the prototype of
569 all callees to exactly match the prototype of the function definition.
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000570 </dd>
571
572 <dt><b>"<tt>coldcc</tt>" - The cold calling convention</b>:</dt>
573
574 <dd>This calling convention attempts to make code in the caller as efficient
575 as possible under the assumption that the call is not commonly executed. As
576 such, these calls often preserve all registers so that the call does not break
577 any live ranges in the caller side. This calling convention does not support
578 varargs and requires the prototype of all callees to exactly match the
579 prototype of the function definition.
580 </dd>
581
Chris Lattnercfe6b372005-05-07 01:46:40 +0000582 <dt><b>"<tt>cc &lt;<em>n</em>&gt;</tt>" - Numbered convention</b>:</dt>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000583
584 <dd>Any calling convention may be specified by number, allowing
585 target-specific calling conventions to be used. Target specific calling
586 conventions start at 64.
587 </dd>
Chris Lattnercfe6b372005-05-07 01:46:40 +0000588</dl>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000589
590<p>More calling conventions can be added/defined on an as-needed basis, to
591support pascal conventions or any other well-known target-independent
592convention.</p>
593
594</div>
595
596<!-- ======================================================================= -->
597<div class="doc_subsection">
Anton Korobeynikov8cea37b2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000598 <a name="visibility">Visibility Styles</a>
599</div>
600
601<div class="doc_text">
602
603<p>
604All Global Variables and Functions have one of the following visibility styles:
605</p>
606
607<dl>
608 <dt><b>"<tt>default</tt>" - Default style</b>:</dt>
609
610 <dd>On ELF, default visibility means that the declaration is visible to other
611 modules and, in shared libraries, means that the declared entity may be
612 overridden. On Darwin, default visibility means that the declaration is
613 visible to other modules. Default visibility corresponds to "external
614 linkage" in the language.
615 </dd>
616
617 <dt><b>"<tt>hidden</tt>" - Hidden style</b>:</dt>
618
619 <dd>Two declarations of an object with hidden visibility refer to the same
620 object if they are in the same shared object. Usually, hidden visibility
621 indicates that the symbol will not be placed into the dynamic symbol table,
622 so no other module (executable or shared library) can reference it
623 directly.
624 </dd>
625
Anton Korobeynikov6f9896f2007-04-29 18:35:00 +0000626 <dt><b>"<tt>protected</tt>" - Protected style</b>:</dt>
627
628 <dd>On ELF, protected visibility indicates that the symbol will be placed in
629 the dynamic symbol table, but that references within the defining module will
630 bind to the local symbol. That is, the symbol cannot be overridden by another
631 module.
632 </dd>
Anton Korobeynikov8cea37b2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000633</dl>
634
635</div>
636
637<!-- ======================================================================= -->
638<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000639 <a name="globalvars">Global Variables</a>
640</div>
641
642<div class="doc_text">
643
Chris Lattner3689a342005-02-12 19:30:21 +0000644<p>Global variables define regions of memory allocated at compilation time
Chris Lattner88f6c462005-11-12 00:45:07 +0000645instead of run-time. Global variables may optionally be initialized, may have
Anton Korobeynikov8b0a8c82007-04-25 14:27:10 +0000646an explicit section to be placed in, and may have an optional explicit alignment
647specified. A variable may be defined as "thread_local", which means that it
648will not be shared by threads (each thread will have a separated copy of the
649variable). A variable may be defined as a global "constant," which indicates
650that the contents of the variable will <b>never</b> be modified (enabling better
Chris Lattner3689a342005-02-12 19:30:21 +0000651optimization, allowing the global data to be placed in the read-only section of
652an executable, etc). Note that variables that need runtime initialization
John Criswell0ec250c2005-10-24 16:17:18 +0000653cannot be marked "constant" as there is a store to the variable.</p>
Chris Lattner3689a342005-02-12 19:30:21 +0000654
655<p>
656LLVM explicitly allows <em>declarations</em> of global variables to be marked
657constant, even if the final definition of the global is not. This capability
658can be used to enable slightly better optimization of the program, but requires
659the language definition to guarantee that optimizations based on the
660'constantness' are valid for the translation units that do not include the
661definition.
662</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000663
664<p>As SSA values, global variables define pointer values that are in
665scope (i.e. they dominate) all basic blocks in the program. Global
666variables always define a pointer to their "content" type because they
667describe a region of memory, and all memory objects in LLVM are
668accessed through pointers.</p>
669
Chris Lattner88f6c462005-11-12 00:45:07 +0000670<p>LLVM allows an explicit section to be specified for globals. If the target
671supports it, it will emit globals to the section specified.</p>
672
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000673<p>An explicit alignment may be specified for a global. If not present, or if
674the alignment is set to zero, the alignment of the global is set by the target
675to whatever it feels convenient. If an explicit alignment is specified, the
676global is forced to have at least that much alignment. All alignments must be
677a power of 2.</p>
678
Chris Lattner68027ea2007-01-14 00:27:09 +0000679<p>For example, the following defines a global with an initializer, section,
680 and alignment:</p>
681
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000682<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattner68027ea2007-01-14 00:27:09 +0000683<pre>
Chris Lattner3e63a9d2007-07-13 20:01:46 +0000684@G = constant float 1.0, section "foo", align 4
Chris Lattner68027ea2007-01-14 00:27:09 +0000685</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000686</div>
Chris Lattner68027ea2007-01-14 00:27:09 +0000687
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000688</div>
689
690
691<!-- ======================================================================= -->
692<div class="doc_subsection">
693 <a name="functionstructure">Functions</a>
694</div>
695
696<div class="doc_text">
697
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000698<p>LLVM function definitions consist of the "<tt>define</tt>" keyord,
699an optional <a href="#linkage">linkage type</a>, an optional
Anton Korobeynikov8cea37b2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000700<a href="#visibility">visibility style</a>, an optional
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000701<a href="#callingconv">calling convention</a>, a return type, an optional
702<a href="#paramattrs">parameter attribute</a> for the return type, a function
703name, a (possibly empty) argument list (each with optional
Anton Korobeynikov8cea37b2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000704<a href="#paramattrs">parameter attributes</a>), an optional section, an
705optional alignment, an opening curly brace, a list of basic blocks, and a
706closing curly brace.
707
708LLVM function declarations consist of the "<tt>declare</tt>" keyword, an
709optional <a href="#linkage">linkage type</a>, an optional
710<a href="#visibility">visibility style</a>, an optional
711<a href="#callingconv">calling convention</a>, a return type, an optional
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000712<a href="#paramattrs">parameter attribute</a> for the return type, a function
713name, a possibly empty list of arguments, and an optional alignment.</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000714
715<p>A function definition contains a list of basic blocks, forming the CFG for
716the function. Each basic block may optionally start with a label (giving the
717basic block a symbol table entry), contains a list of instructions, and ends
718with a <a href="#terminators">terminator</a> instruction (such as a branch or
719function return).</p>
720
Chris Lattner4a3c9012007-06-08 16:52:14 +0000721<p>The first basic block in a function is special in two ways: it is immediately
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000722executed on entrance to the function, and it is not allowed to have predecessor
723basic blocks (i.e. there can not be any branches to the entry block of a
724function). Because the block can have no predecessors, it also cannot have any
725<a href="#i_phi">PHI nodes</a>.</p>
726
Chris Lattner88f6c462005-11-12 00:45:07 +0000727<p>LLVM allows an explicit section to be specified for functions. If the target
728supports it, it will emit functions to the section specified.</p>
729
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000730<p>An explicit alignment may be specified for a function. If not present, or if
731the alignment is set to zero, the alignment of the function is set by the target
732to whatever it feels convenient. If an explicit alignment is specified, the
733function is forced to have at least that much alignment. All alignments must be
734a power of 2.</p>
735
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000736</div>
737
Anton Korobeynikov8b0a8c82007-04-25 14:27:10 +0000738
739<!-- ======================================================================= -->
740<div class="doc_subsection">
741 <a name="aliasstructure">Aliases</a>
742</div>
743<div class="doc_text">
744 <p>Aliases act as "second name" for the aliasee value (which can be either
Anton Korobeynikova80e1182007-04-28 13:45:00 +0000745 function or global variable or bitcast of global value). Aliases may have an
Anton Korobeynikov8b0a8c82007-04-25 14:27:10 +0000746 optional <a href="#linkage">linkage type</a>, and an
747 optional <a href="#visibility">visibility style</a>.</p>
748
749 <h5>Syntax:</h5>
750
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000751<div class="doc_code">
Bill Wendlingaac388b2007-05-29 09:42:13 +0000752<pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000753@&lt;Name&gt; = [Linkage] [Visibility] alias &lt;AliaseeTy&gt; @&lt;Aliasee&gt;
Bill Wendlingaac388b2007-05-29 09:42:13 +0000754</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000755</div>
Anton Korobeynikov8b0a8c82007-04-25 14:27:10 +0000756
757</div>
758
759
760
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +0000761<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000762<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="paramattrs">Parameter Attributes</a></div>
763<div class="doc_text">
764 <p>The return type and each parameter of a function type may have a set of
765 <i>parameter attributes</i> associated with them. Parameter attributes are
766 used to communicate additional information about the result or parameters of
767 a function. Parameter attributes are considered to be part of the function
768 type so two functions types that differ only by the parameter attributes
769 are different function types.</p>
770
Reid Spencer950e9f82007-01-15 18:27:39 +0000771 <p>Parameter attributes are simple keywords that follow the type specified. If
772 multiple parameter attributes are needed, they are space separated. For
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000773 example:</p>
774
775<div class="doc_code">
776<pre>
Reid Spencer9445e9a2007-07-19 23:13:04 +0000777%someFunc = i16 (i8 signext %someParam) zeroext
778%someFunc = i16 (i8 zeroext %someParam) zeroext
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000779</pre>
780</div>
781
Anton Korobeynikov7f705592007-01-12 19:20:47 +0000782 <p>Note that the two function types above are unique because the parameter has
Reid Spencer9445e9a2007-07-19 23:13:04 +0000783 a different attribute (<tt>signext</tt> in the first one, <tt>zeroext</tt> in
784 the second). Also note that the attribute for the function result
785 (<tt>zeroext</tt>) comes immediately after the argument list.</p>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000786
Anton Korobeynikov7f705592007-01-12 19:20:47 +0000787 <p>Currently, only the following parameter attributes are defined:</p>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000788 <dl>
Reid Spencer9445e9a2007-07-19 23:13:04 +0000789 <dt><tt>zeroext</tt></dt>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000790 <dd>This indicates that the parameter should be zero extended just before
791 a call to this function.</dd>
Reid Spencer9445e9a2007-07-19 23:13:04 +0000792 <dt><tt>signext</tt></dt>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000793 <dd>This indicates that the parameter should be sign extended just before
794 a call to this function.</dd>
Anton Korobeynikov34d6dea2007-01-28 14:30:45 +0000795 <dt><tt>inreg</tt></dt>
796 <dd>This indicates that the parameter should be placed in register (if
Anton Korobeynikov66a8c8c2007-01-28 15:27:21 +0000797 possible) during assembling function call. Support for this attribute is
798 target-specific</dd>
Anton Korobeynikov34d6dea2007-01-28 14:30:45 +0000799 <dt><tt>sret</tt></dt>
Anton Korobeynikov66a8c8c2007-01-28 15:27:21 +0000800 <dd>This indicates that the parameter specifies the address of a structure
Reid Spencer67606122007-03-22 02:02:11 +0000801 that is the return value of the function in the source program.</dd>
Zhou Shengfebca342007-06-05 05:28:26 +0000802 <dt><tt>noalias</tt></dt>
803 <dd>This indicates that the parameter not alias any other object or any
804 other "noalias" objects during the function call.
Reid Spencer2dc52012007-03-22 02:18:56 +0000805 <dt><tt>noreturn</tt></dt>
806 <dd>This function attribute indicates that the function never returns. This
807 indicates to LLVM that every call to this function should be treated as if
808 an <tt>unreachable</tt> instruction immediately followed the call.</dd>
Reid Spencer67606122007-03-22 02:02:11 +0000809 <dt><tt>nounwind</tt></dt>
810 <dd>This function attribute indicates that the function type does not use
811 the unwind instruction and does not allow stack unwinding to propagate
812 through it.</dd>
Duncan Sands50f19f52007-07-27 19:57:41 +0000813 <dt><tt>nest</tt></dt>
814 <dd>This indicates that the parameter can be excised using the
815 <a href="#int_trampoline">trampoline intrinsics</a>.</dd>
Anton Korobeynikov7f705592007-01-12 19:20:47 +0000816 </dl>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000817
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000818</div>
819
820<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +0000821<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner1eeeb0c2006-04-08 04:40:53 +0000822 <a name="moduleasm">Module-Level Inline Assembly</a>
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +0000823</div>
824
825<div class="doc_text">
826<p>
827Modules may contain "module-level inline asm" blocks, which corresponds to the
828GCC "file scope inline asm" blocks. These blocks are internally concatenated by
829LLVM and treated as a single unit, but may be separated in the .ll file if
830desired. The syntax is very simple:
831</p>
832
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000833<div class="doc_code">
834<pre>
835module asm "inline asm code goes here"
836module asm "more can go here"
837</pre>
838</div>
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +0000839
840<p>The strings can contain any character by escaping non-printable characters.
841 The escape sequence used is simply "\xx" where "xx" is the two digit hex code
842 for the number.
843</p>
844
845<p>
846 The inline asm code is simply printed to the machine code .s file when
847 assembly code is generated.
848</p>
849</div>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000850
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +0000851<!-- ======================================================================= -->
852<div class="doc_subsection">
853 <a name="datalayout">Data Layout</a>
854</div>
855
856<div class="doc_text">
857<p>A module may specify a target specific data layout string that specifies how
Reid Spencerc8910842007-04-11 23:49:50 +0000858data is to be laid out in memory. The syntax for the data layout is simply:</p>
859<pre> target datalayout = "<i>layout specification</i>"</pre>
860<p>The <i>layout specification</i> consists of a list of specifications
861separated by the minus sign character ('-'). Each specification starts with a
862letter and may include other information after the letter to define some
863aspect of the data layout. The specifications accepted are as follows: </p>
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +0000864<dl>
865 <dt><tt>E</tt></dt>
866 <dd>Specifies that the target lays out data in big-endian form. That is, the
867 bits with the most significance have the lowest address location.</dd>
868 <dt><tt>e</tt></dt>
869 <dd>Specifies that hte target lays out data in little-endian form. That is,
870 the bits with the least significance have the lowest address location.</dd>
871 <dt><tt>p:<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
872 <dd>This specifies the <i>size</i> of a pointer and its <i>abi</i> and
873 <i>preferred</i> alignments. All sizes are in bits. Specifying the <i>pref</i>
874 alignment is optional. If omitted, the preceding <tt>:</tt> should be omitted
875 too.</dd>
876 <dt><tt>i<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
877 <dd>This specifies the alignment for an integer type of a given bit
878 <i>size</i>. The value of <i>size</i> must be in the range [1,2^23).</dd>
879 <dt><tt>v<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
880 <dd>This specifies the alignment for a vector type of a given bit
881 <i>size</i>.</dd>
882 <dt><tt>f<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
883 <dd>This specifies the alignment for a floating point type of a given bit
884 <i>size</i>. The value of <i>size</i> must be either 32 (float) or 64
885 (double).</dd>
886 <dt><tt>a<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
887 <dd>This specifies the alignment for an aggregate type of a given bit
888 <i>size</i>.</dd>
889</dl>
890<p>When constructing the data layout for a given target, LLVM starts with a
891default set of specifications which are then (possibly) overriden by the
892specifications in the <tt>datalayout</tt> keyword. The default specifications
893are given in this list:</p>
894<ul>
895 <li><tt>E</tt> - big endian</li>
896 <li><tt>p:32:64:64</tt> - 32-bit pointers with 64-bit alignment</li>
897 <li><tt>i1:8:8</tt> - i1 is 8-bit (byte) aligned</li>
898 <li><tt>i8:8:8</tt> - i8 is 8-bit (byte) aligned</li>
899 <li><tt>i16:16:16</tt> - i16 is 16-bit aligned</li>
900 <li><tt>i32:32:32</tt> - i32 is 32-bit aligned</li>
901 <li><tt>i64:32:64</tt> - i64 has abi alignment of 32-bits but preferred
902 alignment of 64-bits</li>
903 <li><tt>f32:32:32</tt> - float is 32-bit aligned</li>
904 <li><tt>f64:64:64</tt> - double is 64-bit aligned</li>
905 <li><tt>v64:64:64</tt> - 64-bit vector is 64-bit aligned</li>
906 <li><tt>v128:128:128</tt> - 128-bit vector is 128-bit aligned</li>
907 <li><tt>a0:0:1</tt> - aggregates are 8-bit aligned</li>
908</ul>
909<p>When llvm is determining the alignment for a given type, it uses the
910following rules:
911<ol>
912 <li>If the type sought is an exact match for one of the specifications, that
913 specification is used.</li>
914 <li>If no match is found, and the type sought is an integer type, then the
915 smallest integer type that is larger than the bitwidth of the sought type is
916 used. If none of the specifications are larger than the bitwidth then the the
917 largest integer type is used. For example, given the default specifications
918 above, the i7 type will use the alignment of i8 (next largest) while both
919 i65 and i256 will use the alignment of i64 (largest specified).</li>
920 <li>If no match is found, and the type sought is a vector type, then the
921 largest vector type that is smaller than the sought vector type will be used
922 as a fall back. This happens because <128 x double> can be implemented in
923 terms of 64 <2 x double>, for example.</li>
924</ol>
925</div>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000926
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000927<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000928<div class="doc_section"> <a name="typesystem">Type System</a> </div>
929<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000930
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000931<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000932
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000933<p>The LLVM type system is one of the most important features of the
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000934intermediate representation. Being typed enables a number of
935optimizations to be performed on the IR directly, without having to do
936extra analyses on the side before the transformation. A strong type
937system makes it easier to read the generated code and enables novel
938analyses and transformations that are not feasible to perform on normal
939three address code representations.</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000940
941</div>
942
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000943<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000944<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="t_primitive">Primitive Types</a> </div>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000945<div class="doc_text">
John Criswell4457dc92004-04-09 16:48:45 +0000946<p>The primitive types are the fundamental building blocks of the LLVM
Chris Lattnerd4f6b172005-03-07 22:13:59 +0000947system. The current set of primitive types is as follows:</p>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +0000948
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000949<table class="layout">
950 <tr class="layout">
951 <td class="left">
952 <table>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000953 <tbody>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000954 <tr><th>Type</th><th>Description</th></tr>
Duncan Sands8036ca42007-03-30 12:22:09 +0000955 <tr><td><tt><a name="t_void">void</a></tt></td><td>No value</td></tr>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000956 <tr><td><tt>label</tt></td><td>Branch destination</td></tr>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000957 </tbody>
958 </table>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000959 </td>
960 <td class="right">
961 <table>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000962 <tbody>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000963 <tr><th>Type</th><th>Description</th></tr>
Reid Spencer2b916312007-05-16 18:44:01 +0000964 <tr><td><tt>float</tt></td><td>32-bit floating point value</td></tr>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000965 <tr><td><tt>double</tt></td><td>64-bit floating point value</td></tr>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000966 </tbody>
967 </table>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000968 </td>
969 </tr>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000970</table>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000971</div>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000972
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000973<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000974<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_classifications">Type
975Classifications</a> </div>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000976<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000977<p>These different primitive types fall into a few useful
978classifications:</p>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +0000979
980<table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000981 <tbody>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +0000982 <tr><th>Classification</th><th>Types</th></tr>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000983 <tr>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000984 <td><a name="t_integer">integer</a></td>
Reid Spencer2b916312007-05-16 18:44:01 +0000985 <td><tt>i1, i2, i3, ... i8, ... i16, ... i32, ... i64, ... </tt></td>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000986 </tr>
987 <tr>
988 <td><a name="t_floating">floating point</a></td>
989 <td><tt>float, double</tt></td>
990 </tr>
991 <tr>
992 <td><a name="t_firstclass">first class</a></td>
Reid Spencer2b916312007-05-16 18:44:01 +0000993 <td><tt>i1, ..., float, double, <br/>
Reid Spencer485bad12007-02-15 03:07:05 +0000994 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a>,<a href="#t_vector">vector</a></tt>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000995 </td>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000996 </tr>
997 </tbody>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000998</table>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +0000999
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001000<p>The <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> types are perhaps the
1001most important. Values of these types are the only ones which can be
1002produced by instructions, passed as arguments, or used as operands to
1003instructions. This means that all structures and arrays must be
1004manipulated either by pointer or by component.</p>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001005</div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001006
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001007<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001008<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="t_derived">Derived Types</a> </div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001009
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001010<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001011
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001012<p>The real power in LLVM comes from the derived types in the system.
1013This is what allows a programmer to represent arrays, functions,
1014pointers, and other useful types. Note that these derived types may be
1015recursive: For example, it is possible to have a two dimensional array.</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001016
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001017</div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001018
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001019<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Reid Spencer2b916312007-05-16 18:44:01 +00001020<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_integer">Integer Type</a> </div>
1021
1022<div class="doc_text">
1023
1024<h5>Overview:</h5>
1025<p>The integer type is a very simple derived type that simply specifies an
1026arbitrary bit width for the integer type desired. Any bit width from 1 bit to
10272^23-1 (about 8 million) can be specified.</p>
1028
1029<h5>Syntax:</h5>
1030
1031<pre>
1032 iN
1033</pre>
1034
1035<p>The number of bits the integer will occupy is specified by the <tt>N</tt>
1036value.</p>
1037
1038<h5>Examples:</h5>
1039<table class="layout">
1040 <tr class="layout">
1041 <td class="left">
1042 <tt>i1</tt><br/>
1043 <tt>i4</tt><br/>
1044 <tt>i8</tt><br/>
1045 <tt>i16</tt><br/>
1046 <tt>i32</tt><br/>
1047 <tt>i42</tt><br/>
1048 <tt>i64</tt><br/>
1049 <tt>i1942652</tt><br/>
1050 </td>
1051 <td class="left">
1052 A boolean integer of 1 bit<br/>
1053 A nibble sized integer of 4 bits.<br/>
1054 A byte sized integer of 8 bits.<br/>
1055 A half word sized integer of 16 bits.<br/>
1056 A word sized integer of 32 bits.<br/>
1057 An integer whose bit width is the answer. <br/>
1058 A double word sized integer of 64 bits.<br/>
1059 A really big integer of over 1 million bits.<br/>
1060 </td>
1061 </tr>
1062</table>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00001063</div>
Reid Spencer2b916312007-05-16 18:44:01 +00001064
1065<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001066<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_array">Array Type</a> </div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001067
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001068<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001069
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001070<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001071
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001072<p>The array type is a very simple derived type that arranges elements
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001073sequentially in memory. The array type requires a size (number of
1074elements) and an underlying data type.</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001075
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00001076<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001077
1078<pre>
1079 [&lt;# elements&gt; x &lt;elementtype&gt;]
1080</pre>
1081
John Criswelle4c57cc2005-05-12 16:52:32 +00001082<p>The number of elements is a constant integer value; elementtype may
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001083be any type with a size.</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001084
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00001085<h5>Examples:</h5>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001086<table class="layout">
1087 <tr class="layout">
1088 <td class="left">
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001089 <tt>[40 x i32 ]</tt><br/>
1090 <tt>[41 x i32 ]</tt><br/>
Reid Spencera5173382007-01-04 16:43:23 +00001091 <tt>[40 x i8]</tt><br/>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001092 </td>
1093 <td class="left">
Reid Spencera5173382007-01-04 16:43:23 +00001094 Array of 40 32-bit integer values.<br/>
1095 Array of 41 32-bit integer values.<br/>
1096 Array of 40 8-bit integer values.<br/>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001097 </td>
1098 </tr>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001099</table>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001100<p>Here are some examples of multidimensional arrays:</p>
1101<table class="layout">
1102 <tr class="layout">
1103 <td class="left">
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001104 <tt>[3 x [4 x i32]]</tt><br/>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001105 <tt>[12 x [10 x float]]</tt><br/>
Reid Spencera5173382007-01-04 16:43:23 +00001106 <tt>[2 x [3 x [4 x i16]]]</tt><br/>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001107 </td>
1108 <td class="left">
Reid Spencera5173382007-01-04 16:43:23 +00001109 3x4 array of 32-bit integer values.<br/>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001110 12x10 array of single precision floating point values.<br/>
Reid Spencera5173382007-01-04 16:43:23 +00001111 2x3x4 array of 16-bit integer values.<br/>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001112 </td>
1113 </tr>
1114</table>
Chris Lattnere67a9512005-06-24 17:22:57 +00001115
John Criswell0ec250c2005-10-24 16:17:18 +00001116<p>Note that 'variable sized arrays' can be implemented in LLVM with a zero
1117length array. Normally, accesses past the end of an array are undefined in
Chris Lattnere67a9512005-06-24 17:22:57 +00001118LLVM (e.g. it is illegal to access the 5th element of a 3 element array).
1119As a special case, however, zero length arrays are recognized to be variable
1120length. This allows implementation of 'pascal style arrays' with the LLVM
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001121type "{ i32, [0 x float]}", for example.</p>
Chris Lattnere67a9512005-06-24 17:22:57 +00001122
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001123</div>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001124
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001125<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001126<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_function">Function Type</a> </div>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001127<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001128<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001129<p>The function type can be thought of as a function signature. It
1130consists of a return type and a list of formal parameter types.
John Criswell009900b2003-11-25 21:45:46 +00001131Function types are usually used to build virtual function tables
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001132(which are structures of pointers to functions), for indirect function
1133calls, and when defining a function.</p>
John Criswell009900b2003-11-25 21:45:46 +00001134<p>
1135The return type of a function type cannot be an aggregate type.
1136</p>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001137<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001138<pre> &lt;returntype&gt; (&lt;parameter list&gt;)<br></pre>
John Criswell0ec250c2005-10-24 16:17:18 +00001139<p>...where '<tt>&lt;parameter list&gt;</tt>' is a comma-separated list of type
Misha Brukmanc24b7582004-08-12 20:16:08 +00001140specifiers. Optionally, the parameter list may include a type <tt>...</tt>,
Chris Lattner27f71f22003-09-03 00:41:47 +00001141which indicates that the function takes a variable number of arguments.
1142Variable argument functions can access their arguments with the <a
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001143 href="#int_varargs">variable argument handling intrinsic</a> functions.</p>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001144<h5>Examples:</h5>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001145<table class="layout">
1146 <tr class="layout">
Reid Spencer92f82302006-12-31 07:18:34 +00001147 <td class="left"><tt>i32 (i32)</tt></td>
1148 <td class="left">function taking an <tt>i32</tt>, returning an <tt>i32</tt>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001149 </td>
Reid Spencer92f82302006-12-31 07:18:34 +00001150 </tr><tr class="layout">
Reid Spencer9445e9a2007-07-19 23:13:04 +00001151 <td class="left"><tt>float&nbsp;(i16&nbsp;signext,&nbsp;i32&nbsp;*)&nbsp;*
Reid Spencerf17a0b72006-12-31 07:20:23 +00001152 </tt></td>
Reid Spencer92f82302006-12-31 07:18:34 +00001153 <td class="left"><a href="#t_pointer">Pointer</a> to a function that takes
1154 an <tt>i16</tt> that should be sign extended and a
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001155 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to <tt>i32</tt>, returning
Reid Spencer92f82302006-12-31 07:18:34 +00001156 <tt>float</tt>.
1157 </td>
1158 </tr><tr class="layout">
1159 <td class="left"><tt>i32 (i8*, ...)</tt></td>
1160 <td class="left">A vararg function that takes at least one
Reid Spencera5173382007-01-04 16:43:23 +00001161 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to <tt>i8 </tt> (char in C),
Reid Spencer92f82302006-12-31 07:18:34 +00001162 which returns an integer. This is the signature for <tt>printf</tt> in
1163 LLVM.
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001164 </td>
1165 </tr>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001166</table>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00001167
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001168</div>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001169<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001170<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_struct">Structure Type</a> </div>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001171<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001172<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001173<p>The structure type is used to represent a collection of data members
1174together in memory. The packing of the field types is defined to match
1175the ABI of the underlying processor. The elements of a structure may
1176be any type that has a size.</p>
1177<p>Structures are accessed using '<tt><a href="#i_load">load</a></tt>
1178and '<tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt>' by getting a pointer to a
1179field with the '<tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt>'
1180instruction.</p>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001181<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001182<pre> { &lt;type list&gt; }<br></pre>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001183<h5>Examples:</h5>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001184<table class="layout">
1185 <tr class="layout">
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00001186 <td class="left"><tt>{ i32, i32, i32 }</tt></td>
1187 <td class="left">A triple of three <tt>i32</tt> values</td>
1188 </tr><tr class="layout">
1189 <td class="left"><tt>{&nbsp;float,&nbsp;i32&nbsp;(i32)&nbsp;*&nbsp;}</tt></td>
1190 <td class="left">A pair, where the first element is a <tt>float</tt> and the
1191 second element is a <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to a
1192 <a href="#t_function">function</a> that takes an <tt>i32</tt>, returning
1193 an <tt>i32</tt>.</td>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001194 </tr>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001195</table>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001196</div>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001197
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001198<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Andrew Lenharth75e10682006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001199<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_pstruct">Packed Structure Type</a>
1200</div>
1201<div class="doc_text">
1202<h5>Overview:</h5>
1203<p>The packed structure type is used to represent a collection of data members
1204together in memory. There is no padding between fields. Further, the alignment
1205of a packed structure is 1 byte. The elements of a packed structure may
1206be any type that has a size.</p>
1207<p>Structures are accessed using '<tt><a href="#i_load">load</a></tt>
1208and '<tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt>' by getting a pointer to a
1209field with the '<tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt>'
1210instruction.</p>
1211<h5>Syntax:</h5>
1212<pre> &lt; { &lt;type list&gt; } &gt; <br></pre>
1213<h5>Examples:</h5>
1214<table class="layout">
1215 <tr class="layout">
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00001216 <td class="left"><tt>&lt; { i32, i32, i32 } &gt;</tt></td>
1217 <td class="left">A triple of three <tt>i32</tt> values</td>
1218 </tr><tr class="layout">
1219 <td class="left"><tt>&lt;&nbsp;{&nbsp;float,&nbsp;i32&nbsp;(i32)&nbsp;*&nbsp;}&nbsp;&gt;</tt></td>
1220 <td class="left">A pair, where the first element is a <tt>float</tt> and the
1221 second element is a <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to a
1222 <a href="#t_function">function</a> that takes an <tt>i32</tt>, returning
1223 an <tt>i32</tt>.</td>
Andrew Lenharth75e10682006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001224 </tr>
1225</table>
1226</div>
1227
1228<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001229<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_pointer">Pointer Type</a> </div>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001230<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00001231<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001232<p>As in many languages, the pointer type represents a pointer or
1233reference to another object, which must live in memory.</p>
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00001234<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001235<pre> &lt;type&gt; *<br></pre>
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00001236<h5>Examples:</h5>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001237<table class="layout">
1238 <tr class="layout">
1239 <td class="left">
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001240 <tt>[4x i32]*</tt><br/>
1241 <tt>i32 (i32 *) *</tt><br/>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001242 </td>
1243 <td class="left">
1244 A <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to <a href="#t_array">array</a> of
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001245 four <tt>i32</tt> values<br/>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001246 A <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to a <a
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001247 href="#t_function">function</a> that takes an <tt>i32*</tt>, returning an
1248 <tt>i32</tt>.<br/>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001249 </td>
1250 </tr>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001251</table>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001252</div>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001253
Chris Lattnera58561b2004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001254<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Reid Spencer485bad12007-02-15 03:07:05 +00001255<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_vector">Vector Type</a> </div>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001256<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001257
Chris Lattnera58561b2004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001258<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001259
Reid Spencer485bad12007-02-15 03:07:05 +00001260<p>A vector type is a simple derived type that represents a vector
1261of elements. Vector types are used when multiple primitive data
Chris Lattnera58561b2004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001262are operated in parallel using a single instruction (SIMD).
Reid Spencer485bad12007-02-15 03:07:05 +00001263A vector type requires a size (number of
Chris Lattnerb8d172f2005-11-10 01:44:22 +00001264elements) and an underlying primitive data type. Vectors must have a power
Reid Spencer485bad12007-02-15 03:07:05 +00001265of two length (1, 2, 4, 8, 16 ...). Vector types are
Chris Lattnera58561b2004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001266considered <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a>.</p>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001267
Chris Lattnera58561b2004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001268<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001269
1270<pre>
1271 &lt; &lt;# elements&gt; x &lt;elementtype&gt; &gt;
1272</pre>
1273
John Criswellc1f786c2005-05-13 22:25:59 +00001274<p>The number of elements is a constant integer value; elementtype may
Chris Lattner3b19d652007-01-15 01:54:13 +00001275be any integer or floating point type.</p>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001276
Chris Lattnera58561b2004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001277<h5>Examples:</h5>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001278
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001279<table class="layout">
1280 <tr class="layout">
1281 <td class="left">
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001282 <tt>&lt;4 x i32&gt;</tt><br/>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001283 <tt>&lt;8 x float&gt;</tt><br/>
Reid Spencera5173382007-01-04 16:43:23 +00001284 <tt>&lt;2 x i64&gt;</tt><br/>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001285 </td>
1286 <td class="left">
Reid Spencer485bad12007-02-15 03:07:05 +00001287 Vector of 4 32-bit integer values.<br/>
1288 Vector of 8 floating-point values.<br/>
1289 Vector of 2 64-bit integer values.<br/>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001290 </td>
1291 </tr>
1292</table>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001293</div>
1294
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001295<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
1296<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_opaque">Opaque Type</a> </div>
1297<div class="doc_text">
1298
1299<h5>Overview:</h5>
1300
1301<p>Opaque types are used to represent unknown types in the system. This
Gordon Henriksen8ac04ff2007-10-14 00:34:53 +00001302corresponds (for example) to the C notion of a forward declared structure type.
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001303In LLVM, opaque types can eventually be resolved to any type (not just a
1304structure type).</p>
1305
1306<h5>Syntax:</h5>
1307
1308<pre>
1309 opaque
1310</pre>
1311
1312<h5>Examples:</h5>
1313
1314<table class="layout">
1315 <tr class="layout">
1316 <td class="left">
1317 <tt>opaque</tt>
1318 </td>
1319 <td class="left">
1320 An opaque type.<br/>
1321 </td>
1322 </tr>
1323</table>
1324</div>
1325
1326
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001327<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
1328<div class="doc_section"> <a name="constants">Constants</a> </div>
1329<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
1330
1331<div class="doc_text">
1332
1333<p>LLVM has several different basic types of constants. This section describes
1334them all and their syntax.</p>
1335
1336</div>
1337
1338<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Reid Spencercc16dc32004-12-09 18:02:53 +00001339<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="simpleconstants">Simple Constants</a></div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001340
1341<div class="doc_text">
1342
1343<dl>
1344 <dt><b>Boolean constants</b></dt>
1345
1346 <dd>The two strings '<tt>true</tt>' and '<tt>false</tt>' are both valid
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00001347 constants of the <tt><a href="#t_primitive">i1</a></tt> type.
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001348 </dd>
1349
1350 <dt><b>Integer constants</b></dt>
1351
Reid Spencercc16dc32004-12-09 18:02:53 +00001352 <dd>Standard integers (such as '4') are constants of the <a
Reid Spencera5173382007-01-04 16:43:23 +00001353 href="#t_integer">integer</a> type. Negative numbers may be used with
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001354 integer types.
1355 </dd>
1356
1357 <dt><b>Floating point constants</b></dt>
1358
1359 <dd>Floating point constants use standard decimal notation (e.g. 123.421),
1360 exponential notation (e.g. 1.23421e+2), or a more precise hexadecimal
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001361 notation (see below). Floating point constants must have a <a
1362 href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type. </dd>
1363
1364 <dt><b>Null pointer constants</b></dt>
1365
John Criswell9e2485c2004-12-10 15:51:16 +00001366 <dd>The identifier '<tt>null</tt>' is recognized as a null pointer constant
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001367 and must be of <a href="#t_pointer">pointer type</a>.</dd>
1368
1369</dl>
1370
John Criswell9e2485c2004-12-10 15:51:16 +00001371<p>The one non-intuitive notation for constants is the optional hexadecimal form
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001372of floating point constants. For example, the form '<tt>double
13730x432ff973cafa8000</tt>' is equivalent to (but harder to read than) '<tt>double
13744.5e+15</tt>'. The only time hexadecimal floating point constants are required
Reid Spencercc16dc32004-12-09 18:02:53 +00001375(and the only time that they are generated by the disassembler) is when a
1376floating point constant must be emitted but it cannot be represented as a
1377decimal floating point number. For example, NaN's, infinities, and other
1378special values are represented in their IEEE hexadecimal format so that
1379assembly and disassembly do not cause any bits to change in the constants.</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001380
1381</div>
1382
1383<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1384<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="aggregateconstants">Aggregate Constants</a>
1385</div>
1386
1387<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerd4f6b172005-03-07 22:13:59 +00001388<p>Aggregate constants arise from aggregation of simple constants
1389and smaller aggregate constants.</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001390
1391<dl>
1392 <dt><b>Structure constants</b></dt>
1393
1394 <dd>Structure constants are represented with notation similar to structure
1395 type definitions (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by braces
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001396 (<tt>{}</tt>)). For example: "<tt>{ i32 4, float 17.0, i32* %G }</tt>",
Chris Lattner3e63a9d2007-07-13 20:01:46 +00001397 where "<tt>%G</tt>" is declared as "<tt>@G = external global i32</tt>". Structure constants
Chris Lattnerd4f6b172005-03-07 22:13:59 +00001398 must have <a href="#t_struct">structure type</a>, and the number and
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001399 types of elements must match those specified by the type.
1400 </dd>
1401
1402 <dt><b>Array constants</b></dt>
1403
1404 <dd>Array constants are represented with notation similar to array type
1405 definitions (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by square brackets
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001406 (<tt>[]</tt>)). For example: "<tt>[ i32 42, i32 11, i32 74 ]</tt>". Array
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001407 constants must have <a href="#t_array">array type</a>, and the number and
1408 types of elements must match those specified by the type.
1409 </dd>
1410
Reid Spencer485bad12007-02-15 03:07:05 +00001411 <dt><b>Vector constants</b></dt>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001412
Reid Spencer485bad12007-02-15 03:07:05 +00001413 <dd>Vector constants are represented with notation similar to vector type
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001414 definitions (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001415 less-than/greater-than's (<tt>&lt;&gt;</tt>)). For example: "<tt>&lt; i32 42,
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00001416 i32 11, i32 74, i32 100 &gt;</tt>". Vector constants must have <a
Reid Spencer485bad12007-02-15 03:07:05 +00001417 href="#t_vector">vector type</a>, and the number and types of elements must
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001418 match those specified by the type.
1419 </dd>
1420
1421 <dt><b>Zero initialization</b></dt>
1422
1423 <dd>The string '<tt>zeroinitializer</tt>' can be used to zero initialize a
1424 value to zero of <em>any</em> type, including scalar and aggregate types.
1425 This is often used to avoid having to print large zero initializers (e.g. for
John Criswell0ec250c2005-10-24 16:17:18 +00001426 large arrays) and is always exactly equivalent to using explicit zero
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001427 initializers.
1428 </dd>
1429</dl>
1430
1431</div>
1432
1433<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1434<div class="doc_subsection">
1435 <a name="globalconstants">Global Variable and Function Addresses</a>
1436</div>
1437
1438<div class="doc_text">
1439
1440<p>The addresses of <a href="#globalvars">global variables</a> and <a
1441href="#functionstructure">functions</a> are always implicitly valid (link-time)
John Criswell9e2485c2004-12-10 15:51:16 +00001442constants. These constants are explicitly referenced when the <a
1443href="#identifiers">identifier for the global</a> is used and always have <a
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001444href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> type. For example, the following is a legal LLVM
1445file:</p>
1446
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00001447<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001448<pre>
Chris Lattnera18a4242007-06-06 18:28:13 +00001449@X = global i32 17
1450@Y = global i32 42
1451@Z = global [2 x i32*] [ i32* @X, i32* @Y ]
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001452</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00001453</div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001454
1455</div>
1456
1457<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Reid Spencer2dc45b82004-12-09 18:13:12 +00001458<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="undefvalues">Undefined Values</a></div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001459<div class="doc_text">
Reid Spencer2dc45b82004-12-09 18:13:12 +00001460 <p>The string '<tt>undef</tt>' is recognized as a type-less constant that has
John Criswellc1f786c2005-05-13 22:25:59 +00001461 no specific value. Undefined values may be of any type and be used anywhere
Reid Spencer2dc45b82004-12-09 18:13:12 +00001462 a constant is permitted.</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001463
Reid Spencer2dc45b82004-12-09 18:13:12 +00001464 <p>Undefined values indicate to the compiler that the program is well defined
1465 no matter what value is used, giving the compiler more freedom to optimize.
1466 </p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001467</div>
1468
1469<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1470<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="constantexprs">Constant Expressions</a>
1471</div>
1472
1473<div class="doc_text">
1474
1475<p>Constant expressions are used to allow expressions involving other constants
1476to be used as constants. Constant expressions may be of any <a
John Criswellc1f786c2005-05-13 22:25:59 +00001477href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type and may involve any LLVM operation
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001478that does not have side effects (e.g. load and call are not supported). The
1479following is the syntax for constant expressions:</p>
1480
1481<dl>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00001482 <dt><b><tt>trunc ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
1483 <dd>Truncate a constant to another type. The bit size of CST must be larger
Chris Lattner3b19d652007-01-15 01:54:13 +00001484 than the bit size of TYPE. Both types must be integers.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001485
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00001486 <dt><b><tt>zext ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
1487 <dd>Zero extend a constant to another type. The bit size of CST must be
Chris Lattner3b19d652007-01-15 01:54:13 +00001488 smaller or equal to the bit size of TYPE. Both types must be integers.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00001489
1490 <dt><b><tt>sext ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
1491 <dd>Sign extend a constant to another type. The bit size of CST must be
Chris Lattner3b19d652007-01-15 01:54:13 +00001492 smaller or equal to the bit size of TYPE. Both types must be integers.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00001493
1494 <dt><b><tt>fptrunc ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
1495 <dd>Truncate a floating point constant to another floating point type. The
1496 size of CST must be larger than the size of TYPE. Both types must be
1497 floating point.</dd>
1498
1499 <dt><b><tt>fpext ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
1500 <dd>Floating point extend a constant to another type. The size of CST must be
1501 smaller or equal to the size of TYPE. Both types must be floating point.</dd>
1502
Reid Spencer1539a1c2007-07-31 14:40:14 +00001503 <dt><b><tt>fptoui ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00001504 <dd>Convert a floating point constant to the corresponding unsigned integer
1505 constant. TYPE must be an integer type. CST must be floating point. If the
1506 value won't fit in the integer type, the results are undefined.</dd>
1507
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00001508 <dt><b><tt>fptosi ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00001509 <dd>Convert a floating point constant to the corresponding signed integer
1510 constant. TYPE must be an integer type. CST must be floating point. If the
1511 value won't fit in the integer type, the results are undefined.</dd>
1512
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00001513 <dt><b><tt>uitofp ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00001514 <dd>Convert an unsigned integer constant to the corresponding floating point
1515 constant. TYPE must be floating point. CST must be of integer type. If the
Jeff Cohencb757312007-04-22 14:56:37 +00001516 value won't fit in the floating point type, the results are undefined.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00001517
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00001518 <dt><b><tt>sitofp ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00001519 <dd>Convert a signed integer constant to the corresponding floating point
1520 constant. TYPE must be floating point. CST must be of integer type. If the
Jeff Cohencb757312007-04-22 14:56:37 +00001521 value won't fit in the floating point type, the results are undefined.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00001522
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +00001523 <dt><b><tt>ptrtoint ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
1524 <dd>Convert a pointer typed constant to the corresponding integer constant
1525 TYPE must be an integer type. CST must be of pointer type. The CST value is
1526 zero extended, truncated, or unchanged to make it fit in TYPE.</dd>
1527
1528 <dt><b><tt>inttoptr ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
1529 <dd>Convert a integer constant to a pointer constant. TYPE must be a
1530 pointer type. CST must be of integer type. The CST value is zero extended,
1531 truncated, or unchanged to make it fit in a pointer size. This one is
1532 <i>really</i> dangerous!</dd>
1533
1534 <dt><b><tt>bitcast ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00001535 <dd>Convert a constant, CST, to another TYPE. The size of CST and TYPE must be
1536 identical (same number of bits). The conversion is done as if the CST value
1537 was stored to memory and read back as TYPE. In other words, no bits change
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +00001538 with this operator, just the type. This can be used for conversion of
Reid Spencer485bad12007-02-15 03:07:05 +00001539 vector types to any other type, as long as they have the same bit width. For
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +00001540 pointers it is only valid to cast to another pointer type.
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00001541 </dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001542
1543 <dt><b><tt>getelementptr ( CSTPTR, IDX0, IDX1, ... )</tt></b></dt>
1544
1545 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr operation</a> on
1546 constants. As with the <a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a>
1547 instruction, the index list may have zero or more indexes, which are required
1548 to make sense for the type of "CSTPTR".</dd>
1549
Robert Bocchino9fbe1452006-01-10 19:31:34 +00001550 <dt><b><tt>select ( COND, VAL1, VAL2 )</tt></b></dt>
1551
1552 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_select">select operation</a> on
Reid Spencer01c42592006-12-04 19:23:19 +00001553 constants.</dd>
1554
1555 <dt><b><tt>icmp COND ( VAL1, VAL2 )</tt></b></dt>
1556 <dd>Performs the <a href="#i_icmp">icmp operation</a> on constants.</dd>
1557
1558 <dt><b><tt>fcmp COND ( VAL1, VAL2 )</tt></b></dt>
1559 <dd>Performs the <a href="#i_fcmp">fcmp operation</a> on constants.</dd>
Robert Bocchino9fbe1452006-01-10 19:31:34 +00001560
1561 <dt><b><tt>extractelement ( VAL, IDX )</tt></b></dt>
1562
1563 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_extractelement">extractelement
1564 operation</a> on constants.
1565
Robert Bocchino05ccd702006-01-15 20:48:27 +00001566 <dt><b><tt>insertelement ( VAL, ELT, IDX )</tt></b></dt>
1567
1568 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_insertelement">insertelement
Reid Spencer01c42592006-12-04 19:23:19 +00001569 operation</a> on constants.</dd>
Robert Bocchino05ccd702006-01-15 20:48:27 +00001570
Chris Lattnerc1989542006-04-08 00:13:41 +00001571
1572 <dt><b><tt>shufflevector ( VEC1, VEC2, IDXMASK )</tt></b></dt>
1573
1574 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_shufflevector">shufflevector
Reid Spencer01c42592006-12-04 19:23:19 +00001575 operation</a> on constants.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc1989542006-04-08 00:13:41 +00001576
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001577 <dt><b><tt>OPCODE ( LHS, RHS )</tt></b></dt>
1578
Reid Spencer2dc45b82004-12-09 18:13:12 +00001579 <dd>Perform the specified operation of the LHS and RHS constants. OPCODE may
1580 be any of the <a href="#binaryops">binary</a> or <a href="#bitwiseops">bitwise
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001581 binary</a> operations. The constraints on operands are the same as those for
1582 the corresponding instruction (e.g. no bitwise operations on floating point
John Criswelle4c57cc2005-05-12 16:52:32 +00001583 values are allowed).</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001584</dl>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001585</div>
Chris Lattner9ee5d222004-03-08 16:49:10 +00001586
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001587<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00001588<div class="doc_section"> <a name="othervalues">Other Values</a> </div>
1589<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
1590
1591<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1592<div class="doc_subsection">
1593<a name="inlineasm">Inline Assembler Expressions</a>
1594</div>
1595
1596<div class="doc_text">
1597
1598<p>
1599LLVM supports inline assembler expressions (as opposed to <a href="#moduleasm">
1600Module-Level Inline Assembly</a>) through the use of a special value. This
1601value represents the inline assembler as a string (containing the instructions
1602to emit), a list of operand constraints (stored as a string), and a flag that
1603indicates whether or not the inline asm expression has side effects. An example
1604inline assembler expression is:
1605</p>
1606
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00001607<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00001608<pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00001609i32 (i32) asm "bswap $0", "=r,r"
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00001610</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00001611</div>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00001612
1613<p>
1614Inline assembler expressions may <b>only</b> be used as the callee operand of
1615a <a href="#i_call"><tt>call</tt> instruction</a>. Thus, typically we have:
1616</p>
1617
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00001618<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00001619<pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00001620%X = call i32 asm "<a href="#int_bswap">bswap</a> $0", "=r,r"(i32 %Y)
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00001621</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00001622</div>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00001623
1624<p>
1625Inline asms with side effects not visible in the constraint list must be marked
1626as having side effects. This is done through the use of the
1627'<tt>sideeffect</tt>' keyword, like so:
1628</p>
1629
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00001630<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00001631<pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00001632call void asm sideeffect "eieio", ""()
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00001633</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00001634</div>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00001635
1636<p>TODO: The format of the asm and constraints string still need to be
1637documented here. Constraints on what can be done (e.g. duplication, moving, etc
1638need to be documented).
1639</p>
1640
1641</div>
1642
1643<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001644<div class="doc_section"> <a name="instref">Instruction Reference</a> </div>
1645<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001646
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001647<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001648
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001649<p>The LLVM instruction set consists of several different
1650classifications of instructions: <a href="#terminators">terminator
John Criswellc1f786c2005-05-13 22:25:59 +00001651instructions</a>, <a href="#binaryops">binary instructions</a>,
1652<a href="#bitwiseops">bitwise binary instructions</a>, <a
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001653 href="#memoryops">memory instructions</a>, and <a href="#otherops">other
1654instructions</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001655
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001656</div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001657
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001658<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001659<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="terminators">Terminator
1660Instructions</a> </div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001661
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001662<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001663
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001664<p>As mentioned <a href="#functionstructure">previously</a>, every
1665basic block in a program ends with a "Terminator" instruction, which
1666indicates which block should be executed after the current block is
1667finished. These terminator instructions typically yield a '<tt>void</tt>'
1668value: they produce control flow, not values (the one exception being
1669the '<a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a>' instruction).</p>
John Criswell9e2485c2004-12-10 15:51:16 +00001670<p>There are six different terminator instructions: the '<a
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001671 href="#i_ret"><tt>ret</tt></a>' instruction, the '<a href="#i_br"><tt>br</tt></a>'
1672instruction, the '<a href="#i_switch"><tt>switch</tt></a>' instruction,
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00001673the '<a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a>' instruction, the '<a
1674 href="#i_unwind"><tt>unwind</tt></a>' instruction, and the '<a
1675 href="#i_unreachable"><tt>unreachable</tt></a>' instruction.</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001676
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001677</div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001678
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001679<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001680<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_ret">'<tt>ret</tt>'
1681Instruction</a> </div>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001682<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001683<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001684<pre> ret &lt;type&gt; &lt;value&gt; <i>; Return a value from a non-void function</i>
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00001685 ret void <i>; Return from void function</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001686</pre>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001687<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001688<p>The '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction is used to return control flow (and a
John Criswellc1f786c2005-05-13 22:25:59 +00001689value) from a function back to the caller.</p>
John Criswell4457dc92004-04-09 16:48:45 +00001690<p>There are two forms of the '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction: one that
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001691returns a value and then causes control flow, and one that just causes
1692control flow to occur.</p>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001693<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001694<p>The '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction may return any '<a
1695 href="#t_firstclass">first class</a>' type. Notice that a function is
1696not <a href="#wellformed">well formed</a> if there exists a '<tt>ret</tt>'
1697instruction inside of the function that returns a value that does not
1698match the return type of the function.</p>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001699<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001700<p>When the '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction is executed, control flow
1701returns back to the calling function's context. If the caller is a "<a
John Criswellfa081872004-06-25 15:16:57 +00001702 href="#i_call"><tt>call</tt></a>" instruction, execution continues at
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001703the instruction after the call. If the caller was an "<a
1704 href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a>" instruction, execution continues
John Criswelle4c57cc2005-05-12 16:52:32 +00001705at the beginning of the "normal" destination block. If the instruction
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001706returns a value, that value shall set the call or invoke instruction's
1707return value.</p>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001708<h5>Example:</h5>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001709<pre> ret i32 5 <i>; Return an integer value of 5</i>
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00001710 ret void <i>; Return from a void function</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001711</pre>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001712</div>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001713<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001714<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_br">'<tt>br</tt>' Instruction</a> </div>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001715<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001716<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00001717<pre> br i1 &lt;cond&gt;, label &lt;iftrue&gt;, label &lt;iffalse&gt;<br> br label &lt;dest&gt; <i>; Unconditional branch</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001718</pre>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001719<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001720<p>The '<tt>br</tt>' instruction is used to cause control flow to
1721transfer to a different basic block in the current function. There are
1722two forms of this instruction, corresponding to a conditional branch
1723and an unconditional branch.</p>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001724<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001725<p>The conditional branch form of the '<tt>br</tt>' instruction takes a
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00001726single '<tt>i1</tt>' value and two '<tt>label</tt>' values. The
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001727unconditional form of the '<tt>br</tt>' instruction takes a single
1728'<tt>label</tt>' value as a target.</p>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001729<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00001730<p>Upon execution of a conditional '<tt>br</tt>' instruction, the '<tt>i1</tt>'
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001731argument is evaluated. If the value is <tt>true</tt>, control flows
1732to the '<tt>iftrue</tt>' <tt>label</tt> argument. If "cond" is <tt>false</tt>,
1733control flows to the '<tt>iffalse</tt>' <tt>label</tt> argument.</p>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001734<h5>Example:</h5>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00001735<pre>Test:<br> %cond = <a href="#i_icmp">icmp</a> eq, i32 %a, %b<br> br i1 %cond, label %IfEqual, label %IfUnequal<br>IfEqual:<br> <a
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001736 href="#i_ret">ret</a> i32 1<br>IfUnequal:<br> <a href="#i_ret">ret</a> i32 0<br></pre>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001737</div>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001738<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00001739<div class="doc_subsubsection">
1740 <a name="i_switch">'<tt>switch</tt>' Instruction</a>
1741</div>
1742
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001743<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001744<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00001745
1746<pre>
1747 switch &lt;intty&gt; &lt;value&gt;, label &lt;defaultdest&gt; [ &lt;intty&gt; &lt;val&gt;, label &lt;dest&gt; ... ]
1748</pre>
1749
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001750<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00001751
1752<p>The '<tt>switch</tt>' instruction is used to transfer control flow to one of
1753several different places. It is a generalization of the '<tt>br</tt>'
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001754instruction, allowing a branch to occur to one of many possible
1755destinations.</p>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00001756
1757
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001758<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00001759
1760<p>The '<tt>switch</tt>' instruction uses three parameters: an integer
1761comparison value '<tt>value</tt>', a default '<tt>label</tt>' destination, and
1762an array of pairs of comparison value constants and '<tt>label</tt>'s. The
1763table is not allowed to contain duplicate constant entries.</p>
1764
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001765<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00001766
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001767<p>The <tt>switch</tt> instruction specifies a table of values and
1768destinations. When the '<tt>switch</tt>' instruction is executed, this
John Criswell84114752004-06-25 16:05:06 +00001769table is searched for the given value. If the value is found, control flow is
1770transfered to the corresponding destination; otherwise, control flow is
1771transfered to the default destination.</p>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001772
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00001773<h5>Implementation:</h5>
1774
1775<p>Depending on properties of the target machine and the particular
1776<tt>switch</tt> instruction, this instruction may be code generated in different
John Criswell84114752004-06-25 16:05:06 +00001777ways. For example, it could be generated as a series of chained conditional
1778branches or with a lookup table.</p>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00001779
1780<h5>Example:</h5>
1781
1782<pre>
1783 <i>; Emulate a conditional br instruction</i>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00001784 %Val = <a href="#i_zext">zext</a> i1 %value to i32
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001785 switch i32 %Val, label %truedest [i32 0, label %falsedest ]
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00001786
1787 <i>; Emulate an unconditional br instruction</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001788 switch i32 0, label %dest [ ]
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00001789
1790 <i>; Implement a jump table:</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001791 switch i32 %val, label %otherwise [ i32 0, label %onzero
1792 i32 1, label %onone
1793 i32 2, label %ontwo ]
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001794</pre>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001795</div>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00001796
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001797<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00001798<div class="doc_subsubsection">
1799 <a name="i_invoke">'<tt>invoke</tt>' Instruction</a>
1800</div>
1801
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001802<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00001803
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001804<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00001805
1806<pre>
1807 &lt;result&gt; = invoke [<a href="#callingconv">cconv</a>] &lt;ptr to function ty&gt; %&lt;function ptr val&gt;(&lt;function args&gt;)
Chris Lattner76b8a332006-05-14 18:23:06 +00001808 to label &lt;normal label&gt; unwind label &lt;exception label&gt;
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00001809</pre>
1810
Chris Lattner6536cfe2002-05-06 22:08:29 +00001811<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00001812
1813<p>The '<tt>invoke</tt>' instruction causes control to transfer to a specified
1814function, with the possibility of control flow transfer to either the
John Criswelle4c57cc2005-05-12 16:52:32 +00001815'<tt>normal</tt>' label or the
1816'<tt>exception</tt>' label. If the callee function returns with the
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00001817"<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>" instruction, control flow will return to the
1818"normal" label. If the callee (or any indirect callees) returns with the "<a
John Criswelle4c57cc2005-05-12 16:52:32 +00001819href="#i_unwind"><tt>unwind</tt></a>" instruction, control is interrupted and
1820continued at the dynamically nearest "exception" label.</p>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00001821
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001822<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00001823
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001824<p>This instruction requires several arguments:</p>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00001825
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001826<ol>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00001827 <li>
Duncan Sands8036ca42007-03-30 12:22:09 +00001828 The optional "cconv" marker indicates which <a href="#callingconv">calling
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00001829 convention</a> the call should use. If none is specified, the call defaults
1830 to using C calling conventions.
1831 </li>
1832 <li>'<tt>ptr to function ty</tt>': shall be the signature of the pointer to
1833 function value being invoked. In most cases, this is a direct function
1834 invocation, but indirect <tt>invoke</tt>s are just as possible, branching off
1835 an arbitrary pointer to function value.
1836 </li>
1837
1838 <li>'<tt>function ptr val</tt>': An LLVM value containing a pointer to a
1839 function to be invoked. </li>
1840
1841 <li>'<tt>function args</tt>': argument list whose types match the function
1842 signature argument types. If the function signature indicates the function
1843 accepts a variable number of arguments, the extra arguments can be
1844 specified. </li>
1845
1846 <li>'<tt>normal label</tt>': the label reached when the called function
1847 executes a '<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>' instruction. </li>
1848
1849 <li>'<tt>exception label</tt>': the label reached when a callee returns with
1850 the <a href="#i_unwind"><tt>unwind</tt></a> instruction. </li>
1851
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001852</ol>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00001853
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001854<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00001855
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001856<p>This instruction is designed to operate as a standard '<tt><a
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00001857href="#i_call">call</a></tt>' instruction in most regards. The primary
1858difference is that it establishes an association with a label, which is used by
1859the runtime library to unwind the stack.</p>
1860
1861<p>This instruction is used in languages with destructors to ensure that proper
1862cleanup is performed in the case of either a <tt>longjmp</tt> or a thrown
1863exception. Additionally, this is important for implementation of
1864'<tt>catch</tt>' clauses in high-level languages that support them.</p>
1865
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001866<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00001867<pre>
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00001868 %retval = invoke i32 %Test(i32 15) to label %Continue
1869 unwind label %TestCleanup <i>; {i32}:retval set</i>
1870 %retval = invoke <a href="#callingconv">coldcc</a> i32 %Test(i32 15) to label %Continue
1871 unwind label %TestCleanup <i>; {i32}:retval set</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001872</pre>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001873</div>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00001874
1875
Chris Lattner27f71f22003-09-03 00:41:47 +00001876<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00001877
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001878<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_unwind">'<tt>unwind</tt>'
1879Instruction</a> </div>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00001880
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001881<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00001882
Chris Lattner27f71f22003-09-03 00:41:47 +00001883<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00001884<pre>
1885 unwind
1886</pre>
1887
Chris Lattner27f71f22003-09-03 00:41:47 +00001888<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00001889
1890<p>The '<tt>unwind</tt>' instruction unwinds the stack, continuing control flow
1891at the first callee in the dynamic call stack which used an <a
1892href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a> instruction to perform the call. This is
1893primarily used to implement exception handling.</p>
1894
Chris Lattner27f71f22003-09-03 00:41:47 +00001895<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00001896
1897<p>The '<tt>unwind</tt>' intrinsic causes execution of the current function to
1898immediately halt. The dynamic call stack is then searched for the first <a
1899href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a> instruction on the call stack. Once found,
1900execution continues at the "exceptional" destination block specified by the
1901<tt>invoke</tt> instruction. If there is no <tt>invoke</tt> instruction in the
1902dynamic call chain, undefined behavior results.</p>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001903</div>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00001904
1905<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
1906
1907<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_unreachable">'<tt>unreachable</tt>'
1908Instruction</a> </div>
1909
1910<div class="doc_text">
1911
1912<h5>Syntax:</h5>
1913<pre>
1914 unreachable
1915</pre>
1916
1917<h5>Overview:</h5>
1918
1919<p>The '<tt>unreachable</tt>' instruction has no defined semantics. This
1920instruction is used to inform the optimizer that a particular portion of the
1921code is not reachable. This can be used to indicate that the code after a
1922no-return function cannot be reached, and other facts.</p>
1923
1924<h5>Semantics:</h5>
1925
1926<p>The '<tt>unreachable</tt>' instruction has no defined semantics.</p>
1927</div>
1928
1929
1930
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001931<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001932<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="binaryops">Binary Operations</a> </div>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001933<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001934<p>Binary operators are used to do most of the computation in a
1935program. They require two operands, execute an operation on them, and
John Criswell9e2485c2004-12-10 15:51:16 +00001936produce a single value. The operands might represent
Reid Spencer485bad12007-02-15 03:07:05 +00001937multiple data, as is the case with the <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> data type.
Chris Lattnera58561b2004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001938The result value of a binary operator is not
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001939necessarily the same type as its operands.</p>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001940<p>There are several different binary operators:</p>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001941</div>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001942<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001943<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_add">'<tt>add</tt>'
1944Instruction</a> </div>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001945<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001946<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001947<pre> &lt;result&gt; = add &lt;ty&gt; &lt;var1&gt;, &lt;var2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001948</pre>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001949<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001950<p>The '<tt>add</tt>' instruction returns the sum of its two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001951<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001952<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>add</tt>' instruction must be either <a
Chris Lattnera58561b2004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001953 href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> values.
Reid Spencer485bad12007-02-15 03:07:05 +00001954 This instruction can also take <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> versions of the values.
Chris Lattnera58561b2004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001955Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001956<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001957<p>The value produced is the integer or floating point sum of the two
1958operands.</p>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001959<h5>Example:</h5>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001960<pre> &lt;result&gt; = add i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 + %var</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001961</pre>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001962</div>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001963<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001964<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_sub">'<tt>sub</tt>'
1965Instruction</a> </div>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001966<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001967<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001968<pre> &lt;result&gt; = sub &lt;ty&gt; &lt;var1&gt;, &lt;var2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001969</pre>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001970<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001971<p>The '<tt>sub</tt>' instruction returns the difference of its two
1972operands.</p>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001973<p>Note that the '<tt>sub</tt>' instruction is used to represent the '<tt>neg</tt>'
1974instruction present in most other intermediate representations.</p>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001975<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001976<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>sub</tt>' instruction must be either <a
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001977 href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a>
Chris Lattnera58561b2004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001978values.
Reid Spencer485bad12007-02-15 03:07:05 +00001979This instruction can also take <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> versions of the values.
Chris Lattnera58561b2004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001980Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001981<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001982<p>The value produced is the integer or floating point difference of
1983the two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001984<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlingaac388b2007-05-29 09:42:13 +00001985<pre>
1986 &lt;result&gt; = sub i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 - %var</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001987 &lt;result&gt; = sub i32 0, %val <i>; yields {i32}:result = -%var</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001988</pre>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001989</div>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001990<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001991<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_mul">'<tt>mul</tt>'
1992Instruction</a> </div>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001993<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001994<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001995<pre> &lt;result&gt; = mul &lt;ty&gt; &lt;var1&gt;, &lt;var2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001996</pre>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001997<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001998<p>The '<tt>mul</tt>' instruction returns the product of its two
1999operands.</p>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002000<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002001<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>mul</tt>' instruction must be either <a
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002002 href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a>
Chris Lattnera58561b2004-08-12 19:12:28 +00002003values.
Reid Spencer485bad12007-02-15 03:07:05 +00002004This instruction can also take <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> versions of the values.
Chris Lattnera58561b2004-08-12 19:12:28 +00002005Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002006<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002007<p>The value produced is the integer or floating point product of the
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002008two operands.</p>
Reid Spencera5173382007-01-04 16:43:23 +00002009<p>Because the operands are the same width, the result of an integer
2010multiplication is the same whether the operands should be deemed unsigned or
2011signed.</p>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002012<h5>Example:</h5>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002013<pre> &lt;result&gt; = mul i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 * %var</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002014</pre>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002015</div>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002016<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00002017<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_udiv">'<tt>udiv</tt>' Instruction
2018</a></div>
2019<div class="doc_text">
2020<h5>Syntax:</h5>
2021<pre> &lt;result&gt; = udiv &lt;ty&gt; &lt;var1&gt;, &lt;var2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
2022</pre>
2023<h5>Overview:</h5>
2024<p>The '<tt>udiv</tt>' instruction returns the quotient of its two
2025operands.</p>
2026<h5>Arguments:</h5>
2027<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>udiv</tt>' instruction must be
2028<a href="#t_integer">integer</a> values. Both arguments must have identical
Reid Spencer485bad12007-02-15 03:07:05 +00002029types. This instruction can also take <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> versions
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00002030of the values in which case the elements must be integers.</p>
2031<h5>Semantics:</h5>
2032<p>The value produced is the unsigned integer quotient of the two operands. This
2033instruction always performs an unsigned division operation, regardless of
2034whether the arguments are unsigned or not.</p>
2035<h5>Example:</h5>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002036<pre> &lt;result&gt; = udiv i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 / %var</i>
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00002037</pre>
2038</div>
2039<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
2040<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_sdiv">'<tt>sdiv</tt>' Instruction
2041</a> </div>
2042<div class="doc_text">
2043<h5>Syntax:</h5>
2044<pre> &lt;result&gt; = sdiv &lt;ty&gt; &lt;var1&gt;, &lt;var2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
2045</pre>
2046<h5>Overview:</h5>
2047<p>The '<tt>sdiv</tt>' instruction returns the quotient of its two
2048operands.</p>
2049<h5>Arguments:</h5>
2050<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>sdiv</tt>' instruction must be
2051<a href="#t_integer">integer</a> values. Both arguments must have identical
Reid Spencer485bad12007-02-15 03:07:05 +00002052types. This instruction can also take <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> versions
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00002053of the values in which case the elements must be integers.</p>
2054<h5>Semantics:</h5>
2055<p>The value produced is the signed integer quotient of the two operands. This
2056instruction always performs a signed division operation, regardless of whether
2057the arguments are signed or not.</p>
2058<h5>Example:</h5>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002059<pre> &lt;result&gt; = sdiv i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 / %var</i>
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00002060</pre>
2061</div>
2062<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
2063<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_fdiv">'<tt>fdiv</tt>'
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002064Instruction</a> </div>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002065<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002066<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00002067<pre> &lt;result&gt; = fdiv &lt;ty&gt; &lt;var1&gt;, &lt;var2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002068</pre>
2069<h5>Overview:</h5>
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00002070<p>The '<tt>fdiv</tt>' instruction returns the quotient of its two
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002071operands.</p>
2072<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00002073<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>fdiv</tt>' instruction must be
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00002074<a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> values. Both arguments must have
Reid Spencer485bad12007-02-15 03:07:05 +00002075identical types. This instruction can also take <a href="#t_vector">vector</a>
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00002076versions of floating point values.</p>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002077<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00002078<p>The value produced is the floating point quotient of the two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002079<h5>Example:</h5>
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00002080<pre> &lt;result&gt; = fdiv float 4.0, %var <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 / %var</i>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002081</pre>
2082</div>
2083<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00002084<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_urem">'<tt>urem</tt>' Instruction</a>
2085</div>
2086<div class="doc_text">
2087<h5>Syntax:</h5>
2088<pre> &lt;result&gt; = urem &lt;ty&gt; &lt;var1&gt;, &lt;var2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
2089</pre>
2090<h5>Overview:</h5>
2091<p>The '<tt>urem</tt>' instruction returns the remainder from the
2092unsigned division of its two arguments.</p>
2093<h5>Arguments:</h5>
2094<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>urem</tt>' instruction must be
2095<a href="#t_integer">integer</a> values. Both arguments must have identical
Dan Gohman80176312007-11-05 23:35:22 +00002096types. This instruction can also take <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> versions
2097of the values in which case the elements must be integers.</p>
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00002098<h5>Semantics:</h5>
2099<p>This instruction returns the unsigned integer <i>remainder</i> of a division.
2100This instruction always performs an unsigned division to get the remainder,
2101regardless of whether the arguments are unsigned or not.</p>
2102<h5>Example:</h5>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002103<pre> &lt;result&gt; = urem i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 % %var</i>
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00002104</pre>
2105
2106</div>
2107<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
2108<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_srem">'<tt>srem</tt>'
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002109Instruction</a> </div>
2110<div class="doc_text">
2111<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00002112<pre> &lt;result&gt; = srem &lt;ty&gt; &lt;var1&gt;, &lt;var2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002113</pre>
2114<h5>Overview:</h5>
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00002115<p>The '<tt>srem</tt>' instruction returns the remainder from the
Dan Gohman80176312007-11-05 23:35:22 +00002116signed division of its two operands. This instruction can also take
2117<a href="#t_vector">vector</a> versions of the values in which case
2118the elements must be integers.</p>
2119</p>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002120<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00002121<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>srem</tt>' instruction must be
2122<a href="#t_integer">integer</a> values. Both arguments must have identical
2123types.</p>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002124<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00002125<p>This instruction returns the <i>remainder</i> of a division (where the result
Reid Spencerc9fdfc82007-03-24 22:23:39 +00002126has the same sign as the dividend, <tt>var1</tt>), not the <i>modulo</i>
2127operator (where the result has the same sign as the divisor, <tt>var2</tt>) of
2128a value. For more information about the difference, see <a
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002129 href="http://mathforum.org/dr.math/problems/anne.4.28.99.html">The
Reid Spencerc9fdfc82007-03-24 22:23:39 +00002130Math Forum</a>. For a table of how this is implemented in various languages,
Reid Spencer64f5c6c2007-03-24 22:40:44 +00002131please see <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Modulo_operation">
Reid Spencerc9fdfc82007-03-24 22:23:39 +00002132Wikipedia: modulo operation</a>.</p>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002133<h5>Example:</h5>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002134<pre> &lt;result&gt; = srem i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 % %var</i>
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00002135</pre>
2136
2137</div>
2138<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
2139<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_frem">'<tt>frem</tt>'
2140Instruction</a> </div>
2141<div class="doc_text">
2142<h5>Syntax:</h5>
2143<pre> &lt;result&gt; = frem &lt;ty&gt; &lt;var1&gt;, &lt;var2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
2144</pre>
2145<h5>Overview:</h5>
2146<p>The '<tt>frem</tt>' instruction returns the remainder from the
2147division of its two operands.</p>
2148<h5>Arguments:</h5>
2149<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>frem</tt>' instruction must be
2150<a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> values. Both arguments must have
Dan Gohman80176312007-11-05 23:35:22 +00002151identical types. This instruction can also take <a href="#t_vector">vector</a>
2152versions of floating point values.</p>
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00002153<h5>Semantics:</h5>
2154<p>This instruction returns the <i>remainder</i> of a division.</p>
2155<h5>Example:</h5>
2156<pre> &lt;result&gt; = frem float 4.0, %var <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 % %var</i>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002157</pre>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002158</div>
Robert Bocchino7b81c752006-02-17 21:18:08 +00002159
Reid Spencer8e11bf82007-02-02 13:57:07 +00002160<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2161<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="bitwiseops">Bitwise Binary
2162Operations</a> </div>
2163<div class="doc_text">
2164<p>Bitwise binary operators are used to do various forms of
2165bit-twiddling in a program. They are generally very efficient
2166instructions and can commonly be strength reduced from other
2167instructions. They require two operands, execute an operation on them,
2168and produce a single value. The resulting value of the bitwise binary
2169operators is always the same type as its first operand.</p>
2170</div>
2171
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00002172<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
2173<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_shl">'<tt>shl</tt>'
2174Instruction</a> </div>
2175<div class="doc_text">
2176<h5>Syntax:</h5>
2177<pre> &lt;result&gt; = shl &lt;ty&gt; &lt;var1&gt;, &lt;var2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
2178</pre>
Chris Lattner6ccc2d52007-10-03 21:01:14 +00002179
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00002180<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner6ccc2d52007-10-03 21:01:14 +00002181
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00002182<p>The '<tt>shl</tt>' instruction returns the first operand shifted to
2183the left a specified number of bits.</p>
Chris Lattner6ccc2d52007-10-03 21:01:14 +00002184
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00002185<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner6ccc2d52007-10-03 21:01:14 +00002186
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00002187<p>Both arguments to the '<tt>shl</tt>' instruction must be the same <a
2188 href="#t_integer">integer</a> type.</p>
Chris Lattner6ccc2d52007-10-03 21:01:14 +00002189
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00002190<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner6ccc2d52007-10-03 21:01:14 +00002191
2192<p>The value produced is <tt>var1</tt> * 2<sup><tt>var2</tt></sup>. If
2193<tt>var2</tt> is (statically or dynamically) equal to or larger than the number
2194of bits in <tt>var1</tt>, the result is undefined.</p>
2195
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00002196<h5>Example:</h5><pre>
2197 &lt;result&gt; = shl i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}: 4 &lt;&lt; %var</i>
2198 &lt;result&gt; = shl i32 4, 2 <i>; yields {i32}: 16</i>
2199 &lt;result&gt; = shl i32 1, 10 <i>; yields {i32}: 1024</i>
Chris Lattner6ccc2d52007-10-03 21:01:14 +00002200 &lt;result&gt; = shl i32 1, 32 <i>; undefined</i>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00002201</pre>
2202</div>
2203<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
2204<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_lshr">'<tt>lshr</tt>'
2205Instruction</a> </div>
2206<div class="doc_text">
2207<h5>Syntax:</h5>
2208<pre> &lt;result&gt; = lshr &lt;ty&gt; &lt;var1&gt;, &lt;var2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
2209</pre>
2210
2211<h5>Overview:</h5>
2212<p>The '<tt>lshr</tt>' instruction (logical shift right) returns the first
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00002213operand shifted to the right a specified number of bits with zero fill.</p>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00002214
2215<h5>Arguments:</h5>
2216<p>Both arguments to the '<tt>lshr</tt>' instruction must be the same
2217<a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type.</p>
2218
2219<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner6ccc2d52007-10-03 21:01:14 +00002220
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00002221<p>This instruction always performs a logical shift right operation. The most
2222significant bits of the result will be filled with zero bits after the
Chris Lattner6ccc2d52007-10-03 21:01:14 +00002223shift. If <tt>var2</tt> is (statically or dynamically) equal to or larger than
2224the number of bits in <tt>var1</tt>, the result is undefined.</p>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00002225
2226<h5>Example:</h5>
2227<pre>
2228 &lt;result&gt; = lshr i32 4, 1 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 2</i>
2229 &lt;result&gt; = lshr i32 4, 2 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 1</i>
2230 &lt;result&gt; = lshr i8 4, 3 <i>; yields {i8}:result = 0</i>
2231 &lt;result&gt; = lshr i8 -2, 1 <i>; yields {i8}:result = 0x7FFFFFFF </i>
Chris Lattner6ccc2d52007-10-03 21:01:14 +00002232 &lt;result&gt; = lshr i32 1, 32 <i>; undefined</i>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00002233</pre>
2234</div>
2235
Reid Spencer8e11bf82007-02-02 13:57:07 +00002236<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00002237<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_ashr">'<tt>ashr</tt>'
2238Instruction</a> </div>
2239<div class="doc_text">
2240
2241<h5>Syntax:</h5>
2242<pre> &lt;result&gt; = ashr &lt;ty&gt; &lt;var1&gt;, &lt;var2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
2243</pre>
2244
2245<h5>Overview:</h5>
2246<p>The '<tt>ashr</tt>' instruction (arithmetic shift right) returns the first
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00002247operand shifted to the right a specified number of bits with sign extension.</p>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00002248
2249<h5>Arguments:</h5>
2250<p>Both arguments to the '<tt>ashr</tt>' instruction must be the same
2251<a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type.</p>
2252
2253<h5>Semantics:</h5>
2254<p>This instruction always performs an arithmetic shift right operation,
2255The most significant bits of the result will be filled with the sign bit
Chris Lattner6ccc2d52007-10-03 21:01:14 +00002256of <tt>var1</tt>. If <tt>var2</tt> is (statically or dynamically) equal to or
2257larger than the number of bits in <tt>var1</tt>, the result is undefined.
2258</p>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00002259
2260<h5>Example:</h5>
2261<pre>
2262 &lt;result&gt; = ashr i32 4, 1 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 2</i>
2263 &lt;result&gt; = ashr i32 4, 2 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 1</i>
2264 &lt;result&gt; = ashr i8 4, 3 <i>; yields {i8}:result = 0</i>
2265 &lt;result&gt; = ashr i8 -2, 1 <i>; yields {i8}:result = -1</i>
Chris Lattner6ccc2d52007-10-03 21:01:14 +00002266 &lt;result&gt; = ashr i32 1, 32 <i>; undefined</i>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00002267</pre>
2268</div>
2269
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002270<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002271<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_and">'<tt>and</tt>'
2272Instruction</a> </div>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002273<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002274<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002275<pre> &lt;result&gt; = and &lt;ty&gt; &lt;var1&gt;, &lt;var2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002276</pre>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002277<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002278<p>The '<tt>and</tt>' instruction returns the bitwise logical and of
2279its two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002280<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002281<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>and</tt>' instruction must be <a
Chris Lattner3b19d652007-01-15 01:54:13 +00002282 href="#t_integer">integer</a> values. Both arguments must have
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002283identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002284<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002285<p>The truth table used for the '<tt>and</tt>' instruction is:</p>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002286<p> </p>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00002287<div style="align: center">
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002288<table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002289 <tbody>
2290 <tr>
2291 <td>In0</td>
2292 <td>In1</td>
2293 <td>Out</td>
2294 </tr>
2295 <tr>
2296 <td>0</td>
2297 <td>0</td>
2298 <td>0</td>
2299 </tr>
2300 <tr>
2301 <td>0</td>
2302 <td>1</td>
2303 <td>0</td>
2304 </tr>
2305 <tr>
2306 <td>1</td>
2307 <td>0</td>
2308 <td>0</td>
2309 </tr>
2310 <tr>
2311 <td>1</td>
2312 <td>1</td>
2313 <td>1</td>
2314 </tr>
2315 </tbody>
2316</table>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00002317</div>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002318<h5>Example:</h5>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002319<pre> &lt;result&gt; = and i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 &amp; %var</i>
2320 &lt;result&gt; = and i32 15, 40 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 8</i>
2321 &lt;result&gt; = and i32 4, 8 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 0</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002322</pre>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002323</div>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002324<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002325<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_or">'<tt>or</tt>' Instruction</a> </div>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002326<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002327<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002328<pre> &lt;result&gt; = or &lt;ty&gt; &lt;var1&gt;, &lt;var2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002329</pre>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002330<h5>Overview:</h5>
2331<p>The '<tt>or</tt>' instruction returns the bitwise logical inclusive
2332or of its two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002333<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002334<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>or</tt>' instruction must be <a
Chris Lattner3b19d652007-01-15 01:54:13 +00002335 href="#t_integer">integer</a> values. Both arguments must have
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002336identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002337<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002338<p>The truth table used for the '<tt>or</tt>' instruction is:</p>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002339<p> </p>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00002340<div style="align: center">
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002341<table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
2342 <tbody>
2343 <tr>
2344 <td>In0</td>
2345 <td>In1</td>
2346 <td>Out</td>
2347 </tr>
2348 <tr>
2349 <td>0</td>
2350 <td>0</td>
2351 <td>0</td>
2352 </tr>
2353 <tr>
2354 <td>0</td>
2355 <td>1</td>
2356 <td>1</td>
2357 </tr>
2358 <tr>
2359 <td>1</td>
2360 <td>0</td>
2361 <td>1</td>
2362 </tr>
2363 <tr>
2364 <td>1</td>
2365 <td>1</td>
2366 <td>1</td>
2367 </tr>
2368 </tbody>
2369</table>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00002370</div>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002371<h5>Example:</h5>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002372<pre> &lt;result&gt; = or i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 | %var</i>
2373 &lt;result&gt; = or i32 15, 40 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 47</i>
2374 &lt;result&gt; = or i32 4, 8 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 12</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002375</pre>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002376</div>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002377<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002378<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_xor">'<tt>xor</tt>'
2379Instruction</a> </div>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002380<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002381<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002382<pre> &lt;result&gt; = xor &lt;ty&gt; &lt;var1&gt;, &lt;var2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002383</pre>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002384<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002385<p>The '<tt>xor</tt>' instruction returns the bitwise logical exclusive
2386or of its two operands. The <tt>xor</tt> is used to implement the
2387"one's complement" operation, which is the "~" operator in C.</p>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002388<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002389<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>xor</tt>' instruction must be <a
Chris Lattner3b19d652007-01-15 01:54:13 +00002390 href="#t_integer">integer</a> values. Both arguments must have
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002391identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002392<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002393<p>The truth table used for the '<tt>xor</tt>' instruction is:</p>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002394<p> </p>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00002395<div style="align: center">
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002396<table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
2397 <tbody>
2398 <tr>
2399 <td>In0</td>
2400 <td>In1</td>
2401 <td>Out</td>
2402 </tr>
2403 <tr>
2404 <td>0</td>
2405 <td>0</td>
2406 <td>0</td>
2407 </tr>
2408 <tr>
2409 <td>0</td>
2410 <td>1</td>
2411 <td>1</td>
2412 </tr>
2413 <tr>
2414 <td>1</td>
2415 <td>0</td>
2416 <td>1</td>
2417 </tr>
2418 <tr>
2419 <td>1</td>
2420 <td>1</td>
2421 <td>0</td>
2422 </tr>
2423 </tbody>
2424</table>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00002425</div>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002426<p> </p>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002427<h5>Example:</h5>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002428<pre> &lt;result&gt; = xor i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 ^ %var</i>
2429 &lt;result&gt; = xor i32 15, 40 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 39</i>
2430 &lt;result&gt; = xor i32 4, 8 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 12</i>
2431 &lt;result&gt; = xor i32 %V, -1 <i>; yields {i32}:result = ~%V</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002432</pre>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002433</div>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002434
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002435<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002436<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00002437 <a name="vectorops">Vector Operations</a>
2438</div>
2439
2440<div class="doc_text">
2441
2442<p>LLVM supports several instructions to represent vector operations in a
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00002443target-independent manner. These instructions cover the element-access and
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00002444vector-specific operations needed to process vectors effectively. While LLVM
2445does directly support these vector operations, many sophisticated algorithms
2446will want to use target-specific intrinsics to take full advantage of a specific
2447target.</p>
2448
2449</div>
2450
2451<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
2452<div class="doc_subsubsection">
2453 <a name="i_extractelement">'<tt>extractelement</tt>' Instruction</a>
2454</div>
2455
2456<div class="doc_text">
2457
2458<h5>Syntax:</h5>
2459
2460<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002461 &lt;result&gt; = extractelement &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt; &lt;val&gt;, i32 &lt;idx&gt; <i>; yields &lt;ty&gt;</i>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00002462</pre>
2463
2464<h5>Overview:</h5>
2465
2466<p>
2467The '<tt>extractelement</tt>' instruction extracts a single scalar
Reid Spencer485bad12007-02-15 03:07:05 +00002468element from a vector at a specified index.
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00002469</p>
2470
2471
2472<h5>Arguments:</h5>
2473
2474<p>
2475The first operand of an '<tt>extractelement</tt>' instruction is a
Reid Spencer485bad12007-02-15 03:07:05 +00002476value of <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> type. The second operand is
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00002477an index indicating the position from which to extract the element.
2478The index may be a variable.</p>
2479
2480<h5>Semantics:</h5>
2481
2482<p>
2483The result is a scalar of the same type as the element type of
2484<tt>val</tt>. Its value is the value at position <tt>idx</tt> of
2485<tt>val</tt>. If <tt>idx</tt> exceeds the length of <tt>val</tt>, the
2486results are undefined.
2487</p>
2488
2489<h5>Example:</h5>
2490
2491<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002492 %result = extractelement &lt;4 x i32&gt; %vec, i32 0 <i>; yields i32</i>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00002493</pre>
2494</div>
2495
2496
2497<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
2498<div class="doc_subsubsection">
2499 <a name="i_insertelement">'<tt>insertelement</tt>' Instruction</a>
2500</div>
2501
2502<div class="doc_text">
2503
2504<h5>Syntax:</h5>
2505
2506<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002507 &lt;result&gt; = insertelement &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt; &lt;val&gt;, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;elt&gt, i32 &lt;idx&gt; <i>; yields &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt;</i>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00002508</pre>
2509
2510<h5>Overview:</h5>
2511
2512<p>
2513The '<tt>insertelement</tt>' instruction inserts a scalar
Reid Spencer485bad12007-02-15 03:07:05 +00002514element into a vector at a specified index.
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00002515</p>
2516
2517
2518<h5>Arguments:</h5>
2519
2520<p>
2521The first operand of an '<tt>insertelement</tt>' instruction is a
Reid Spencer485bad12007-02-15 03:07:05 +00002522value of <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> type. The second operand is a
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00002523scalar value whose type must equal the element type of the first
2524operand. The third operand is an index indicating the position at
2525which to insert the value. The index may be a variable.</p>
2526
2527<h5>Semantics:</h5>
2528
2529<p>
Reid Spencer485bad12007-02-15 03:07:05 +00002530The result is a vector of the same type as <tt>val</tt>. Its
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00002531element values are those of <tt>val</tt> except at position
2532<tt>idx</tt>, where it gets the value <tt>elt</tt>. If <tt>idx</tt>
2533exceeds the length of <tt>val</tt>, the results are undefined.
2534</p>
2535
2536<h5>Example:</h5>
2537
2538<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002539 %result = insertelement &lt;4 x i32&gt; %vec, i32 1, i32 0 <i>; yields &lt;4 x i32&gt;</i>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00002540</pre>
2541</div>
2542
2543<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
2544<div class="doc_subsubsection">
2545 <a name="i_shufflevector">'<tt>shufflevector</tt>' Instruction</a>
2546</div>
2547
2548<div class="doc_text">
2549
2550<h5>Syntax:</h5>
2551
2552<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002553 &lt;result&gt; = shufflevector &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt; &lt;v1&gt;, &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt; &lt;v2&gt;, &lt;n x i32&gt; &lt;mask&gt; <i>; yields &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt;</i>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00002554</pre>
2555
2556<h5>Overview:</h5>
2557
2558<p>
2559The '<tt>shufflevector</tt>' instruction constructs a permutation of elements
2560from two input vectors, returning a vector of the same type.
2561</p>
2562
2563<h5>Arguments:</h5>
2564
2565<p>
2566The first two operands of a '<tt>shufflevector</tt>' instruction are vectors
2567with types that match each other and types that match the result of the
2568instruction. The third argument is a shuffle mask, which has the same number
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002569of elements as the other vector type, but whose element type is always 'i32'.
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00002570</p>
2571
2572<p>
2573The shuffle mask operand is required to be a constant vector with either
2574constant integer or undef values.
2575</p>
2576
2577<h5>Semantics:</h5>
2578
2579<p>
2580The elements of the two input vectors are numbered from left to right across
2581both of the vectors. The shuffle mask operand specifies, for each element of
2582the result vector, which element of the two input registers the result element
2583gets. The element selector may be undef (meaning "don't care") and the second
2584operand may be undef if performing a shuffle from only one vector.
2585</p>
2586
2587<h5>Example:</h5>
2588
2589<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002590 %result = shufflevector &lt;4 x i32&gt; %v1, &lt;4 x i32&gt; %v2,
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00002591 &lt;4 x i32&gt; &lt;i32 0, i32 4, i32 1, i32 5&gt; <i>; yields &lt;4 x i32&gt;</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002592 %result = shufflevector &lt;4 x i32&gt; %v1, &lt;4 x i32&gt; undef,
2593 &lt;4 x i32&gt; &lt;i32 0, i32 1, i32 2, i32 3&gt; <i>; yields &lt;4 x i32&gt;</i> - Identity shuffle.
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00002594</pre>
2595</div>
2596
Tanya Lattner09474292006-04-14 19:24:33 +00002597
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00002598<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2599<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner884a9702006-08-15 00:45:58 +00002600 <a name="memoryops">Memory Access and Addressing Operations</a>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002601</div>
2602
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002603<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002604
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002605<p>A key design point of an SSA-based representation is how it
2606represents memory. In LLVM, no memory locations are in SSA form, which
2607makes things very simple. This section describes how to read, write,
John Criswell9e2485c2004-12-10 15:51:16 +00002608allocate, and free memory in LLVM.</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002609
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002610</div>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002611
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002612<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002613<div class="doc_subsubsection">
2614 <a name="i_malloc">'<tt>malloc</tt>' Instruction</a>
2615</div>
2616
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002617<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002618
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002619<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002620
2621<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002622 &lt;result&gt; = malloc &lt;type&gt;[, i32 &lt;NumElements&gt;][, align &lt;alignment&gt;] <i>; yields {type*}:result</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002623</pre>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002624
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002625<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002626
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002627<p>The '<tt>malloc</tt>' instruction allocates memory from the system
2628heap and returns a pointer to it.</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002629
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002630<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002631
2632<p>The '<tt>malloc</tt>' instruction allocates
2633<tt>sizeof(&lt;type&gt;)*NumElements</tt>
John Criswell6e4ca612004-02-24 16:13:56 +00002634bytes of memory from the operating system and returns a pointer of the
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002635appropriate type to the program. If "NumElements" is specified, it is the
2636number of elements allocated. If an alignment is specified, the value result
2637of the allocation is guaranteed to be aligned to at least that boundary. If
2638not specified, or if zero, the target can choose to align the allocation on any
2639convenient boundary.</p>
2640
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002641<p>'<tt>type</tt>' must be a sized type.</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002642
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002643<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002644
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002645<p>Memory is allocated using the system "<tt>malloc</tt>" function, and
2646a pointer is returned.</p>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002647
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002648<h5>Example:</h5>
2649
2650<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002651 %array = malloc [4 x i8 ] <i>; yields {[%4 x i8]*}:array</i>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002652
Bill Wendlingaac388b2007-05-29 09:42:13 +00002653 %size = <a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 2, 2 <i>; yields {i32}:size = i32 4</i>
2654 %array1 = malloc i8, i32 4 <i>; yields {i8*}:array1</i>
2655 %array2 = malloc [12 x i8], i32 %size <i>; yields {[12 x i8]*}:array2</i>
2656 %array3 = malloc i32, i32 4, align 1024 <i>; yields {i32*}:array3</i>
2657 %array4 = malloc i32, align 1024 <i>; yields {i32*}:array4</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002658</pre>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002659</div>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002660
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002661<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002662<div class="doc_subsubsection">
2663 <a name="i_free">'<tt>free</tt>' Instruction</a>
2664</div>
2665
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002666<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002667
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002668<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002669
2670<pre>
2671 free &lt;type&gt; &lt;value&gt; <i>; yields {void}</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002672</pre>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002673
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002674<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002675
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002676<p>The '<tt>free</tt>' instruction returns memory back to the unused
John Criswellc1f786c2005-05-13 22:25:59 +00002677memory heap to be reallocated in the future.</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002678
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002679<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002680
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002681<p>'<tt>value</tt>' shall be a pointer value that points to a value
2682that was allocated with the '<tt><a href="#i_malloc">malloc</a></tt>'
2683instruction.</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002684
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002685<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002686
John Criswell9e2485c2004-12-10 15:51:16 +00002687<p>Access to the memory pointed to by the pointer is no longer defined
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002688after this instruction executes.</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002689
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002690<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002691
2692<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002693 %array = <a href="#i_malloc">malloc</a> [4 x i8] <i>; yields {[4 x i8]*}:array</i>
2694 free [4 x i8]* %array
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002695</pre>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002696</div>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002697
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002698<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002699<div class="doc_subsubsection">
2700 <a name="i_alloca">'<tt>alloca</tt>' Instruction</a>
2701</div>
2702
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002703<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002704
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002705<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002706
2707<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002708 &lt;result&gt; = alloca &lt;type&gt;[, i32 &lt;NumElements&gt;][, align &lt;alignment&gt;] <i>; yields {type*}:result</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002709</pre>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002710
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002711<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002712
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00002713<p>The '<tt>alloca</tt>' instruction allocates memory on the stack frame of the
2714currently executing function, to be automatically released when this function
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002715returns to its caller.</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002716
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002717<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002718
John Criswell9e2485c2004-12-10 15:51:16 +00002719<p>The '<tt>alloca</tt>' instruction allocates <tt>sizeof(&lt;type&gt;)*NumElements</tt>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002720bytes of memory on the runtime stack, returning a pointer of the
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002721appropriate type to the program. If "NumElements" is specified, it is the
2722number of elements allocated. If an alignment is specified, the value result
2723of the allocation is guaranteed to be aligned to at least that boundary. If
2724not specified, or if zero, the target can choose to align the allocation on any
2725convenient boundary.</p>
2726
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002727<p>'<tt>type</tt>' may be any sized type.</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002728
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002729<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002730
John Criswellc1f786c2005-05-13 22:25:59 +00002731<p>Memory is allocated; a pointer is returned. '<tt>alloca</tt>'d
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002732memory is automatically released when the function returns. The '<tt>alloca</tt>'
2733instruction is commonly used to represent automatic variables that must
2734have an address available. When the function returns (either with the <tt><a
John Criswelldae2e932005-05-12 16:55:34 +00002735 href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt> or <tt><a href="#i_unwind">unwind</a></tt>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002736instructions), the memory is reclaimed.</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002737
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002738<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002739
2740<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002741 %ptr = alloca i32 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002742 %ptr = alloca i32, i32 4 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
2743 %ptr = alloca i32, i32 4, align 1024 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002744 %ptr = alloca i32, align 1024 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002745</pre>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002746</div>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00002747
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002748<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002749<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_load">'<tt>load</tt>'
2750Instruction</a> </div>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002751<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00002752<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Christopher Lamb2330e4d2007-04-21 08:16:25 +00002753<pre> &lt;result&gt; = load &lt;ty&gt;* &lt;pointer&gt;[, align &lt;alignment&gt;]<br> &lt;result&gt; = volatile load &lt;ty&gt;* &lt;pointer&gt;[, align &lt;alignment&gt;]<br></pre>
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00002754<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002755<p>The '<tt>load</tt>' instruction is used to read from memory.</p>
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00002756<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002757<p>The argument to the '<tt>load</tt>' instruction specifies the memory
John Criswell0ec250c2005-10-24 16:17:18 +00002758address from which to load. The pointer must point to a <a
Chris Lattnere53e5082004-06-03 22:57:15 +00002759 href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. If the <tt>load</tt> is
John Criswell0ec250c2005-10-24 16:17:18 +00002760marked as <tt>volatile</tt>, then the optimizer is not allowed to modify
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002761the number or order of execution of this <tt>load</tt> with other
2762volatile <tt>load</tt> and <tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt>
2763instructions. </p>
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00002764<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002765<p>The location of memory pointed to is loaded.</p>
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00002766<h5>Examples:</h5>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002767<pre> %ptr = <a href="#i_alloca">alloca</a> i32 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002768 <a
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002769 href="#i_store">store</a> i32 3, i32* %ptr <i>; yields {void}</i>
2770 %val = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:val = i32 3</i>
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00002771</pre>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002772</div>
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00002773<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002774<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_store">'<tt>store</tt>'
2775Instruction</a> </div>
Reid Spencer035ab572006-11-09 21:18:01 +00002776<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00002777<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Christopher Lamb2330e4d2007-04-21 08:16:25 +00002778<pre> store &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt;, &lt;ty&gt;* &lt;pointer&gt;[, align &lt;alignment&gt;] <i>; yields {void}</i>
2779 volatile store &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt;, &lt;ty&gt;* &lt;pointer&gt;[, align &lt;alignment&gt;] <i>; yields {void}</i>
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00002780</pre>
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00002781<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002782<p>The '<tt>store</tt>' instruction is used to write to memory.</p>
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00002783<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002784<p>There are two arguments to the '<tt>store</tt>' instruction: a value
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00002785to store and an address at which to store it. The type of the '<tt>&lt;pointer&gt;</tt>'
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002786operand must be a pointer to the type of the '<tt>&lt;value&gt;</tt>'
John Criswellc1f786c2005-05-13 22:25:59 +00002787operand. If the <tt>store</tt> is marked as <tt>volatile</tt>, then the
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002788optimizer is not allowed to modify the number or order of execution of
2789this <tt>store</tt> with other volatile <tt>load</tt> and <tt><a
2790 href="#i_store">store</a></tt> instructions.</p>
2791<h5>Semantics:</h5>
2792<p>The contents of memory are updated to contain '<tt>&lt;value&gt;</tt>'
2793at the location specified by the '<tt>&lt;pointer&gt;</tt>' operand.</p>
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00002794<h5>Example:</h5>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002795<pre> %ptr = <a href="#i_alloca">alloca</a> i32 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
Bill Wendling8c6c72d2007-10-22 05:10:05 +00002796 store i32 3, i32* %ptr <i>; yields {void}</i>
2797 %val = <a href="#i_load">load</a> i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:val = i32 3</i>
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00002798</pre>
Reid Spencer47ce1792006-11-09 21:15:49 +00002799</div>
2800
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00002801<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00002802<div class="doc_subsubsection">
2803 <a name="i_getelementptr">'<tt>getelementptr</tt>' Instruction</a>
2804</div>
2805
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002806<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00002807<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00002808<pre>
2809 &lt;result&gt; = getelementptr &lt;ty&gt;* &lt;ptrval&gt;{, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;idx&gt;}*
2810</pre>
2811
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00002812<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00002813
2814<p>
2815The '<tt>getelementptr</tt>' instruction is used to get the address of a
2816subelement of an aggregate data structure.</p>
2817
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00002818<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00002819
Reid Spencer85f5b5b2006-12-04 21:29:24 +00002820<p>This instruction takes a list of integer operands that indicate what
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00002821elements of the aggregate object to index to. The actual types of the arguments
2822provided depend on the type of the first pointer argument. The
2823'<tt>getelementptr</tt>' instruction is used to index down through the type
John Criswellfc6b8952005-05-16 16:17:45 +00002824levels of a structure or to a specific index in an array. When indexing into a
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002825structure, only <tt>i32</tt> integer constants are allowed. When indexing
Reid Spencer85f5b5b2006-12-04 21:29:24 +00002826into an array or pointer, only integers of 32 or 64 bits are allowed, and will
2827be sign extended to 64-bit values.</p>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00002828
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002829<p>For example, let's consider a C code fragment and how it gets
2830compiled to LLVM:</p>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00002831
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002832<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00002833<pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002834struct RT {
2835 char A;
Chris Lattnercabc8462007-05-29 15:43:56 +00002836 int B[10][20];
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002837 char C;
2838};
2839struct ST {
Chris Lattnercabc8462007-05-29 15:43:56 +00002840 int X;
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002841 double Y;
2842 struct RT Z;
2843};
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00002844
Chris Lattnercabc8462007-05-29 15:43:56 +00002845int *foo(struct ST *s) {
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002846 return &amp;s[1].Z.B[5][13];
2847}
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00002848</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002849</div>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00002850
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002851<p>The LLVM code generated by the GCC frontend is:</p>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00002852
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002853<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00002854<pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002855%RT = type { i8 , [10 x [20 x i32]], i8 }
2856%ST = type { i32, double, %RT }
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00002857
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002858define i32* %foo(%ST* %s) {
2859entry:
2860 %reg = getelementptr %ST* %s, i32 1, i32 2, i32 1, i32 5, i32 13
2861 ret i32* %reg
2862}
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00002863</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002864</div>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00002865
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00002866<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00002867
2868<p>The index types specified for the '<tt>getelementptr</tt>' instruction depend
John Criswellc1f786c2005-05-13 22:25:59 +00002869on the pointer type that is being indexed into. <a href="#t_pointer">Pointer</a>
Reid Spencer85f5b5b2006-12-04 21:29:24 +00002870and <a href="#t_array">array</a> types can use a 32-bit or 64-bit
Reid Spencer42ddd842006-12-03 16:53:48 +00002871<a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type but the value will always be sign extended
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00002872to 64-bits. <a href="#t_struct">Structure</a> types require <tt>i32</tt>
Reid Spencer42ddd842006-12-03 16:53:48 +00002873<b>constants</b>.</p>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00002874
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002875<p>In the example above, the first index is indexing into the '<tt>%ST*</tt>'
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002876type, which is a pointer, yielding a '<tt>%ST</tt>' = '<tt>{ i32, double, %RT
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00002877}</tt>' type, a structure. The second index indexes into the third element of
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002878the structure, yielding a '<tt>%RT</tt>' = '<tt>{ i8 , [10 x [20 x i32]],
2879i8 }</tt>' type, another structure. The third index indexes into the second
2880element of the structure, yielding a '<tt>[10 x [20 x i32]]</tt>' type, an
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00002881array. The two dimensions of the array are subscripted into, yielding an
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002882'<tt>i32</tt>' type. The '<tt>getelementptr</tt>' instruction returns a pointer
2883to this element, thus computing a value of '<tt>i32*</tt>' type.</p>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00002884
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002885<p>Note that it is perfectly legal to index partially through a
2886structure, returning a pointer to an inner element. Because of this,
2887the LLVM code for the given testcase is equivalent to:</p>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00002888
2889<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002890 define i32* %foo(%ST* %s) {
2891 %t1 = getelementptr %ST* %s, i32 1 <i>; yields %ST*:%t1</i>
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00002892 %t2 = getelementptr %ST* %t1, i32 0, i32 2 <i>; yields %RT*:%t2</i>
2893 %t3 = getelementptr %RT* %t2, i32 0, i32 1 <i>; yields [10 x [20 x i32]]*:%t3</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002894 %t4 = getelementptr [10 x [20 x i32]]* %t3, i32 0, i32 5 <i>; yields [20 x i32]*:%t4</i>
2895 %t5 = getelementptr [20 x i32]* %t4, i32 0, i32 13 <i>; yields i32*:%t5</i>
2896 ret i32* %t5
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00002897 }
Chris Lattner6536cfe2002-05-06 22:08:29 +00002898</pre>
Chris Lattnere67a9512005-06-24 17:22:57 +00002899
2900<p>Note that it is undefined to access an array out of bounds: array and
2901pointer indexes must always be within the defined bounds of the array type.
2902The one exception for this rules is zero length arrays. These arrays are
2903defined to be accessible as variable length arrays, which requires access
2904beyond the zero'th element.</p>
2905
Chris Lattner884a9702006-08-15 00:45:58 +00002906<p>The getelementptr instruction is often confusing. For some more insight
2907into how it works, see <a href="GetElementPtr.html">the getelementptr
2908FAQ</a>.</p>
2909
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00002910<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnere67a9512005-06-24 17:22:57 +00002911
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00002912<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002913 <i>; yields [12 x i8]*:aptr</i>
2914 %aptr = getelementptr {i32, [12 x i8]}* %sptr, i64 0, i32 1
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00002915</pre>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00002916</div>
Reid Spencer47ce1792006-11-09 21:15:49 +00002917
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002918<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00002919<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="convertops">Conversion Operations</a>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002920</div>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002921<div class="doc_text">
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00002922<p>The instructions in this category are the conversion instructions (casting)
2923which all take a single operand and a type. They perform various bit conversions
2924on the operand.</p>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002925</div>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00002926
Chris Lattner6536cfe2002-05-06 22:08:29 +00002927<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00002928<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002929 <a name="i_trunc">'<tt>trunc .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
2930</div>
2931<div class="doc_text">
2932
2933<h5>Syntax:</h5>
2934<pre>
2935 &lt;result&gt; = trunc &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
2936</pre>
2937
2938<h5>Overview:</h5>
2939<p>
2940The '<tt>trunc</tt>' instruction truncates its operand to the type <tt>ty2</tt>.
2941</p>
2942
2943<h5>Arguments:</h5>
2944<p>
2945The '<tt>trunc</tt>' instruction takes a <tt>value</tt> to trunc, which must
2946be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type, and a type that specifies the size
Chris Lattner3b19d652007-01-15 01:54:13 +00002947and type of the result, which must be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00002948type. The bit size of <tt>value</tt> must be larger than the bit size of
2949<tt>ty2</tt>. Equal sized types are not allowed.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002950
2951<h5>Semantics:</h5>
2952<p>
2953The '<tt>trunc</tt>' instruction truncates the high order bits in <tt>value</tt>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00002954and converts the remaining bits to <tt>ty2</tt>. Since the source size must be
2955larger than the destination size, <tt>trunc</tt> cannot be a <i>no-op cast</i>.
2956It will always truncate bits.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002957
2958<h5>Example:</h5>
2959<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002960 %X = trunc i32 257 to i8 <i>; yields i8:1</i>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00002961 %Y = trunc i32 123 to i1 <i>; yields i1:true</i>
2962 %Y = trunc i32 122 to i1 <i>; yields i1:false</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002963</pre>
2964</div>
2965
2966<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
2967<div class="doc_subsubsection">
2968 <a name="i_zext">'<tt>zext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
2969</div>
2970<div class="doc_text">
2971
2972<h5>Syntax:</h5>
2973<pre>
2974 &lt;result&gt; = zext &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
2975</pre>
2976
2977<h5>Overview:</h5>
2978<p>The '<tt>zext</tt>' instruction zero extends its operand to type
2979<tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
2980
2981
2982<h5>Arguments:</h5>
2983<p>The '<tt>zext</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be of
Chris Lattner3b19d652007-01-15 01:54:13 +00002984<a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type, and a type to cast it to, which must
2985also be of <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type. The bit size of the
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00002986<tt>value</tt> must be smaller than the bit size of the destination type,
2987<tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002988
2989<h5>Semantics:</h5>
2990<p>The <tt>zext</tt> fills the high order bits of the <tt>value</tt> with zero
Chris Lattnerd1d25172007-05-24 19:13:27 +00002991bits until it reaches the size of the destination type, <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002992
Reid Spencerb5929522007-01-12 15:46:11 +00002993<p>When zero extending from i1, the result will always be either 0 or 1.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002994
2995<h5>Example:</h5>
2996<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002997 %X = zext i32 257 to i64 <i>; yields i64:257</i>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00002998 %Y = zext i1 true to i32 <i>; yields i32:1</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002999</pre>
3000</div>
3001
3002<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3003<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3004 <a name="i_sext">'<tt>sext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
3005</div>
3006<div class="doc_text">
3007
3008<h5>Syntax:</h5>
3009<pre>
3010 &lt;result&gt; = sext &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
3011</pre>
3012
3013<h5>Overview:</h5>
3014<p>The '<tt>sext</tt>' sign extends <tt>value</tt> to the type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
3015
3016<h5>Arguments:</h5>
3017<p>
3018The '<tt>sext</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be of
Chris Lattner3b19d652007-01-15 01:54:13 +00003019<a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type, and a type to cast it to, which must
3020also be of <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type. The bit size of the
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00003021<tt>value</tt> must be smaller than the bit size of the destination type,
3022<tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003023
3024<h5>Semantics:</h5>
3025<p>
3026The '<tt>sext</tt>' instruction performs a sign extension by copying the sign
3027bit (highest order bit) of the <tt>value</tt> until it reaches the bit size of
Chris Lattnerd1d25172007-05-24 19:13:27 +00003028the type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003029
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00003030<p>When sign extending from i1, the extension always results in -1 or 0.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003031
3032<h5>Example:</h5>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003033<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003034 %X = sext i8 -1 to i16 <i>; yields i16 :65535</i>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00003035 %Y = sext i1 true to i32 <i>; yields i32:-1</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003036</pre>
3037</div>
3038
3039<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3040<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer3fa91b02006-11-09 21:48:10 +00003041 <a name="i_fptrunc">'<tt>fptrunc .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
3042</div>
3043
3044<div class="doc_text">
3045
3046<h5>Syntax:</h5>
3047
3048<pre>
3049 &lt;result&gt; = fptrunc &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
3050</pre>
3051
3052<h5>Overview:</h5>
3053<p>The '<tt>fptrunc</tt>' instruction truncates <tt>value</tt> to type
3054<tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
3055
3056
3057<h5>Arguments:</h5>
3058<p>The '<tt>fptrunc</tt>' instruction takes a <a href="#t_floating">floating
3059 point</a> value to cast and a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type to
3060cast it to. The size of <tt>value</tt> must be larger than the size of
3061<tt>ty2</tt>. This implies that <tt>fptrunc</tt> cannot be used to make a
3062<i>no-op cast</i>.</p>
3063
3064<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00003065<p> The '<tt>fptrunc</tt>' instruction truncates a <tt>value</tt> from a larger
3066<a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type to a smaller
3067<a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type. If the value cannot fit within
3068the destination type, <tt>ty2</tt>, then the results are undefined.</p>
Reid Spencer3fa91b02006-11-09 21:48:10 +00003069
3070<h5>Example:</h5>
3071<pre>
3072 %X = fptrunc double 123.0 to float <i>; yields float:123.0</i>
3073 %Y = fptrunc double 1.0E+300 to float <i>; yields undefined</i>
3074</pre>
3075</div>
3076
3077<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3078<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003079 <a name="i_fpext">'<tt>fpext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
3080</div>
3081<div class="doc_text">
3082
3083<h5>Syntax:</h5>
3084<pre>
3085 &lt;result&gt; = fpext &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
3086</pre>
3087
3088<h5>Overview:</h5>
3089<p>The '<tt>fpext</tt>' extends a floating point <tt>value</tt> to a larger
3090floating point value.</p>
3091
3092<h5>Arguments:</h5>
3093<p>The '<tt>fpext</tt>' instruction takes a
3094<a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> <tt>value</tt> to cast,
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00003095and a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type to cast it to. The source
3096type must be smaller than the destination type.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003097
3098<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00003099<p>The '<tt>fpext</tt>' instruction extends the <tt>value</tt> from a smaller
Duncan Sands8036ca42007-03-30 12:22:09 +00003100<a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type to a larger
3101<a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type. The <tt>fpext</tt> cannot be
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00003102used to make a <i>no-op cast</i> because it always changes bits. Use
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +00003103<tt>bitcast</tt> to make a <i>no-op cast</i> for a floating point cast.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003104
3105<h5>Example:</h5>
3106<pre>
3107 %X = fpext float 3.1415 to double <i>; yields double:3.1415</i>
3108 %Y = fpext float 1.0 to float <i>; yields float:1.0 (no-op)</i>
3109</pre>
3110</div>
3111
3112<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3113<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer24d6da52007-01-21 00:29:26 +00003114 <a name="i_fptoui">'<tt>fptoui .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003115</div>
3116<div class="doc_text">
3117
3118<h5>Syntax:</h5>
3119<pre>
Reid Spencer1539a1c2007-07-31 14:40:14 +00003120 &lt;result&gt; = fptoui &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003121</pre>
3122
3123<h5>Overview:</h5>
Reid Spencer1539a1c2007-07-31 14:40:14 +00003124<p>The '<tt>fptoui</tt>' converts a floating point <tt>value</tt> to its
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003125unsigned integer equivalent of type <tt>ty2</tt>.
3126</p>
3127
3128<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Reid Spencer1539a1c2007-07-31 14:40:14 +00003129<p>The '<tt>fptoui</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003130<a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> value, and a type to cast it to, which
Chris Lattner3b19d652007-01-15 01:54:13 +00003131must be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003132
3133<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencer1539a1c2007-07-31 14:40:14 +00003134<p> The '<tt>fptoui</tt>' instruction converts its
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003135<a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> operand into the nearest (rounding
3136towards zero) unsigned integer value. If the value cannot fit in <tt>ty2</tt>,
3137the results are undefined.</p>
3138
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003139<h5>Example:</h5>
3140<pre>
Reid Spencer1539a1c2007-07-31 14:40:14 +00003141 %X = fptoui double 123.0 to i32 <i>; yields i32:123</i>
Chris Lattner88519042007-09-22 03:17:52 +00003142 %Y = fptoui float 1.0E+300 to i1 <i>; yields undefined:1</i>
Reid Spencer1539a1c2007-07-31 14:40:14 +00003143 %X = fptoui float 1.04E+17 to i8 <i>; yields undefined:1</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003144</pre>
3145</div>
3146
3147<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3148<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00003149 <a name="i_fptosi">'<tt>fptosi .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003150</div>
3151<div class="doc_text">
3152
3153<h5>Syntax:</h5>
3154<pre>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00003155 &lt;result&gt; = fptosi &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003156</pre>
3157
3158<h5>Overview:</h5>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00003159<p>The '<tt>fptosi</tt>' instruction converts
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003160<a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> <tt>value</tt> to type <tt>ty2</tt>.
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00003161</p>
3162
3163
Chris Lattner6536cfe2002-05-06 22:08:29 +00003164<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00003165<p> The '<tt>fptosi</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003166<a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> value, and a type to cast it to, which
Chris Lattner3b19d652007-01-15 01:54:13 +00003167must also be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type.</p>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00003168
Chris Lattner6536cfe2002-05-06 22:08:29 +00003169<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00003170<p>The '<tt>fptosi</tt>' instruction converts its
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003171<a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> operand into the nearest (rounding
3172towards zero) signed integer value. If the value cannot fit in <tt>ty2</tt>,
3173the results are undefined.</p>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00003174
Chris Lattner33ba0d92001-07-09 00:26:23 +00003175<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00003176<pre>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00003177 %X = fptosi double -123.0 to i32 <i>; yields i32:-123</i>
Chris Lattner88519042007-09-22 03:17:52 +00003178 %Y = fptosi float 1.0E-247 to i1 <i>; yields undefined:1</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003179 %X = fptosi float 1.04E+17 to i8 <i>; yields undefined:1</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003180</pre>
3181</div>
3182
3183<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3184<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00003185 <a name="i_uitofp">'<tt>uitofp .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003186</div>
3187<div class="doc_text">
3188
3189<h5>Syntax:</h5>
3190<pre>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00003191 &lt;result&gt; = uitofp &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003192</pre>
3193
3194<h5>Overview:</h5>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00003195<p>The '<tt>uitofp</tt>' instruction regards <tt>value</tt> as an unsigned
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003196integer and converts that value to the <tt>ty2</tt> type.</p>
3197
3198
3199<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00003200<p>The '<tt>uitofp</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be an
Chris Lattner3b19d652007-01-15 01:54:13 +00003201<a href="#t_integer">integer</a> value, and a type to cast it to, which must
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003202be a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type.</p>
3203
3204<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00003205<p>The '<tt>uitofp</tt>' instruction interprets its operand as an unsigned
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003206integer quantity and converts it to the corresponding floating point value. If
Jeff Cohencb757312007-04-22 14:56:37 +00003207the value cannot fit in the floating point value, the results are undefined.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003208
3209
3210<h5>Example:</h5>
3211<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003212 %X = uitofp i32 257 to float <i>; yields float:257.0</i>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00003213 %Y = uitofp i8 -1 to double <i>; yields double:255.0</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003214</pre>
3215</div>
3216
3217<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3218<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00003219 <a name="i_sitofp">'<tt>sitofp .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003220</div>
3221<div class="doc_text">
3222
3223<h5>Syntax:</h5>
3224<pre>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00003225 &lt;result&gt; = sitofp &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003226</pre>
3227
3228<h5>Overview:</h5>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00003229<p>The '<tt>sitofp</tt>' instruction regards <tt>value</tt> as a signed
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003230integer and converts that value to the <tt>ty2</tt> type.</p>
3231
3232<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00003233<p>The '<tt>sitofp</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be an
Chris Lattner3b19d652007-01-15 01:54:13 +00003234<a href="#t_integer">integer</a> value, and a type to cast it to, which must be
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003235a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type.</p>
3236
3237<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00003238<p>The '<tt>sitofp</tt>' instruction interprets its operand as a signed
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003239integer quantity and converts it to the corresponding floating point value. If
Jeff Cohencb757312007-04-22 14:56:37 +00003240the value cannot fit in the floating point value, the results are undefined.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003241
3242<h5>Example:</h5>
3243<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003244 %X = sitofp i32 257 to float <i>; yields float:257.0</i>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00003245 %Y = sitofp i8 -1 to double <i>; yields double:-1.0</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003246</pre>
3247</div>
3248
3249<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3250<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00003251 <a name="i_ptrtoint">'<tt>ptrtoint .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
3252</div>
3253<div class="doc_text">
3254
3255<h5>Syntax:</h5>
3256<pre>
3257 &lt;result&gt; = ptrtoint &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
3258</pre>
3259
3260<h5>Overview:</h5>
3261<p>The '<tt>ptrtoint</tt>' instruction converts the pointer <tt>value</tt> to
3262the integer type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
3263
3264<h5>Arguments:</h5>
3265<p>The '<tt>ptrtoint</tt>' instruction takes a <tt>value</tt> to cast, which
Duncan Sands8036ca42007-03-30 12:22:09 +00003266must be a <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> value, and a type to cast it to
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00003267<tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type.
3268
3269<h5>Semantics:</h5>
3270<p>The '<tt>ptrtoint</tt>' instruction converts <tt>value</tt> to integer type
3271<tt>ty2</tt> by interpreting the pointer value as an integer and either
3272truncating or zero extending that value to the size of the integer type. If
3273<tt>value</tt> is smaller than <tt>ty2</tt> then a zero extension is done. If
3274<tt>value</tt> is larger than <tt>ty2</tt> then a truncation is done. If they
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00003275are the same size, then nothing is done (<i>no-op cast</i>) other than a type
3276change.</p>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00003277
3278<h5>Example:</h5>
3279<pre>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00003280 %X = ptrtoint i32* %X to i8 <i>; yields truncation on 32-bit architecture</i>
3281 %Y = ptrtoint i32* %x to i64 <i>; yields zero extension on 32-bit architecture</i>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00003282</pre>
3283</div>
3284
3285<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3286<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3287 <a name="i_inttoptr">'<tt>inttoptr .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
3288</div>
3289<div class="doc_text">
3290
3291<h5>Syntax:</h5>
3292<pre>
3293 &lt;result&gt; = inttoptr &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
3294</pre>
3295
3296<h5>Overview:</h5>
3297<p>The '<tt>inttoptr</tt>' instruction converts an integer <tt>value</tt> to
3298a pointer type, <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
3299
3300<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Duncan Sands8036ca42007-03-30 12:22:09 +00003301<p>The '<tt>inttoptr</tt>' instruction takes an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00003302value to cast, and a type to cast it to, which must be a
Anton Korobeynikov7f705592007-01-12 19:20:47 +00003303<a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> type.
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00003304
3305<h5>Semantics:</h5>
3306<p>The '<tt>inttoptr</tt>' instruction converts <tt>value</tt> to type
3307<tt>ty2</tt> by applying either a zero extension or a truncation depending on
3308the size of the integer <tt>value</tt>. If <tt>value</tt> is larger than the
3309size of a pointer then a truncation is done. If <tt>value</tt> is smaller than
3310the size of a pointer then a zero extension is done. If they are the same size,
3311nothing is done (<i>no-op cast</i>).</p>
3312
3313<h5>Example:</h5>
3314<pre>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00003315 %X = inttoptr i32 255 to i32* <i>; yields zero extension on 64-bit architecture</i>
3316 %X = inttoptr i32 255 to i32* <i>; yields no-op on 32-bit architecture</i>
3317 %Y = inttoptr i64 0 to i32* <i>; yields truncation on 32-bit architecture</i>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00003318</pre>
3319</div>
3320
3321<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3322<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +00003323 <a name="i_bitcast">'<tt>bitcast .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003324</div>
3325<div class="doc_text">
3326
3327<h5>Syntax:</h5>
3328<pre>
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +00003329 &lt;result&gt; = bitcast &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003330</pre>
3331
3332<h5>Overview:</h5>
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +00003333<p>The '<tt>bitcast</tt>' instruction converts <tt>value</tt> to type
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003334<tt>ty2</tt> without changing any bits.</p>
3335
3336<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +00003337<p>The '<tt>bitcast</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003338a first class value, and a type to cast it to, which must also be a <a
3339 href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. The bit sizes of <tt>value</tt>
Reid Spencer19b569f2007-01-09 20:08:58 +00003340and the destination type, <tt>ty2</tt>, must be identical. If the source
3341type is a pointer, the destination type must also be a pointer.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003342
3343<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +00003344<p>The '<tt>bitcast</tt>' instruction converts <tt>value</tt> to type
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00003345<tt>ty2</tt>. It is always a <i>no-op cast</i> because no bits change with
3346this conversion. The conversion is done as if the <tt>value</tt> had been
3347stored to memory and read back as type <tt>ty2</tt>. Pointer types may only be
3348converted to other pointer types with this instruction. To convert pointers to
3349other types, use the <a href="#i_inttoptr">inttoptr</a> or
3350<a href="#i_ptrtoint">ptrtoint</a> instructions first.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00003351
3352<h5>Example:</h5>
3353<pre>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00003354 %X = bitcast i8 255 to i8 <i>; yields i8 :-1</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003355 %Y = bitcast i32* %x to sint* <i>; yields sint*:%x</i>
3356 %Z = bitcast <2xint> %V to i64; <i>; yields i64: %V</i>
Chris Lattner33ba0d92001-07-09 00:26:23 +00003357</pre>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003358</div>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00003359
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00003360<!-- ======================================================================= -->
3361<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="otherops">Other Operations</a> </div>
3362<div class="doc_text">
3363<p>The instructions in this category are the "miscellaneous"
3364instructions, which defy better classification.</p>
3365</div>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003366
3367<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3368<div class="doc_subsubsection"><a name="i_icmp">'<tt>icmp</tt>' Instruction</a>
3369</div>
3370<div class="doc_text">
3371<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00003372<pre> &lt;result&gt; = icmp &lt;cond&gt; &lt;ty&gt; &lt;var1&gt;, &lt;var2&gt; <i>; yields {i1}:result</i>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003373</pre>
3374<h5>Overview:</h5>
3375<p>The '<tt>icmp</tt>' instruction returns a boolean value based on comparison
3376of its two integer operands.</p>
3377<h5>Arguments:</h5>
3378<p>The '<tt>icmp</tt>' instruction takes three operands. The first operand is
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00003379the condition code indicating the kind of comparison to perform. It is not
3380a value, just a keyword. The possible condition code are:
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003381<ol>
3382 <li><tt>eq</tt>: equal</li>
3383 <li><tt>ne</tt>: not equal </li>
3384 <li><tt>ugt</tt>: unsigned greater than</li>
3385 <li><tt>uge</tt>: unsigned greater or equal</li>
3386 <li><tt>ult</tt>: unsigned less than</li>
3387 <li><tt>ule</tt>: unsigned less or equal</li>
3388 <li><tt>sgt</tt>: signed greater than</li>
3389 <li><tt>sge</tt>: signed greater or equal</li>
3390 <li><tt>slt</tt>: signed less than</li>
3391 <li><tt>sle</tt>: signed less or equal</li>
3392</ol>
Chris Lattner3b19d652007-01-15 01:54:13 +00003393<p>The remaining two arguments must be <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or
Reid Spencer350f8aa2007-01-04 05:19:58 +00003394<a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> typed. They must also be identical types.</p>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003395<h5>Semantics:</h5>
3396<p>The '<tt>icmp</tt>' compares <tt>var1</tt> and <tt>var2</tt> according to
3397the condition code given as <tt>cond</tt>. The comparison performed always
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00003398yields a <a href="#t_primitive">i1</a> result, as follows:
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003399<ol>
3400 <li><tt>eq</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if the operands are equal,
3401 <tt>false</tt> otherwise. No sign interpretation is necessary or performed.
3402 </li>
3403 <li><tt>ne</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if the operands are unequal,
3404 <tt>false</tt> otherwise. No sign interpretation is necessary or performed.
3405 <li><tt>ugt</tt>: interprets the operands as unsigned values and yields
3406 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>var1</tt> is greater than <tt>var2</tt>.</li>
3407 <li><tt>uge</tt>: interprets the operands as unsigned values and yields
3408 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>var1</tt> is greater than or equal to <tt>var2</tt>.</li>
3409 <li><tt>ult</tt>: interprets the operands as unsigned values and yields
3410 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>var1</tt> is less than <tt>var2</tt>.</li>
3411 <li><tt>ule</tt>: interprets the operands as unsigned values and yields
3412 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>var1</tt> is less than or equal to <tt>var2</tt>.</li>
3413 <li><tt>sgt</tt>: interprets the operands as signed values and yields
3414 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>var1</tt> is greater than <tt>var2</tt>.</li>
3415 <li><tt>sge</tt>: interprets the operands as signed values and yields
3416 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>var1</tt> is greater than or equal to <tt>var2</tt>.</li>
3417 <li><tt>slt</tt>: interprets the operands as signed values and yields
3418 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>var1</tt> is less than <tt>var2</tt>.</li>
3419 <li><tt>sle</tt>: interprets the operands as signed values and yields
3420 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>var1</tt> is less than or equal to <tt>var2</tt>.</li>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003421</ol>
3422<p>If the operands are <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> typed, the pointer
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00003423values are compared as if they were integers.</p>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003424
3425<h5>Example:</h5>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003426<pre> &lt;result&gt; = icmp eq i32 4, 5 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
3427 &lt;result&gt; = icmp ne float* %X, %X <i>; yields: result=false</i>
3428 &lt;result&gt; = icmp ult i16 4, 5 <i>; yields: result=true</i>
3429 &lt;result&gt; = icmp sgt i16 4, 5 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
3430 &lt;result&gt; = icmp ule i16 -4, 5 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
3431 &lt;result&gt; = icmp sge i16 4, 5 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003432</pre>
3433</div>
3434
3435<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3436<div class="doc_subsubsection"><a name="i_fcmp">'<tt>fcmp</tt>' Instruction</a>
3437</div>
3438<div class="doc_text">
3439<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00003440<pre> &lt;result&gt; = fcmp &lt;cond&gt; &lt;ty&gt; &lt;var1&gt;, &lt;var2&gt; <i>; yields {i1}:result</i>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003441</pre>
3442<h5>Overview:</h5>
3443<p>The '<tt>fcmp</tt>' instruction returns a boolean value based on comparison
3444of its floating point operands.</p>
3445<h5>Arguments:</h5>
3446<p>The '<tt>fcmp</tt>' instruction takes three operands. The first operand is
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00003447the condition code indicating the kind of comparison to perform. It is not
3448a value, just a keyword. The possible condition code are:
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003449<ol>
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00003450 <li><tt>false</tt>: no comparison, always returns false</li>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003451 <li><tt>oeq</tt>: ordered and equal</li>
3452 <li><tt>ogt</tt>: ordered and greater than </li>
3453 <li><tt>oge</tt>: ordered and greater than or equal</li>
3454 <li><tt>olt</tt>: ordered and less than </li>
3455 <li><tt>ole</tt>: ordered and less than or equal</li>
3456 <li><tt>one</tt>: ordered and not equal</li>
3457 <li><tt>ord</tt>: ordered (no nans)</li>
3458 <li><tt>ueq</tt>: unordered or equal</li>
3459 <li><tt>ugt</tt>: unordered or greater than </li>
3460 <li><tt>uge</tt>: unordered or greater than or equal</li>
3461 <li><tt>ult</tt>: unordered or less than </li>
3462 <li><tt>ule</tt>: unordered or less than or equal</li>
3463 <li><tt>une</tt>: unordered or not equal</li>
3464 <li><tt>uno</tt>: unordered (either nans)</li>
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00003465 <li><tt>true</tt>: no comparison, always returns true</li>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003466</ol>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00003467<p><i>Ordered</i> means that neither operand is a QNAN while
Reid Spencer93a49852006-12-06 07:08:07 +00003468<i>unordered</i> means that either operand may be a QNAN.</p>
Reid Spencer350f8aa2007-01-04 05:19:58 +00003469<p>The <tt>val1</tt> and <tt>val2</tt> arguments must be
3470<a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> typed. They must have identical
3471types.</p>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003472<h5>Semantics:</h5>
3473<p>The '<tt>fcmp</tt>' compares <tt>var1</tt> and <tt>var2</tt> according to
3474the condition code given as <tt>cond</tt>. The comparison performed always
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00003475yields a <a href="#t_primitive">i1</a> result, as follows:
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003476<ol>
3477 <li><tt>false</tt>: always yields <tt>false</tt>, regardless of operands.</li>
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00003478 <li><tt>oeq</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003479 <tt>var1</tt> is equal to <tt>var2</tt>.</li>
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00003480 <li><tt>ogt</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003481 <tt>var1</tt> is greather than <tt>var2</tt>.</li>
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00003482 <li><tt>oge</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003483 <tt>var1</tt> is greater than or equal to <tt>var2</tt>.</li>
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00003484 <li><tt>olt</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003485 <tt>var1</tt> is less than <tt>var2</tt>.</li>
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00003486 <li><tt>ole</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003487 <tt>var1</tt> is less than or equal to <tt>var2</tt>.</li>
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00003488 <li><tt>one</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003489 <tt>var1</tt> is not equal to <tt>var2</tt>.</li>
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00003490 <li><tt>ord</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN.</li>
3491 <li><tt>ueq</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003492 <tt>var1</tt> is equal to <tt>var2</tt>.</li>
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00003493 <li><tt>ugt</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003494 <tt>var1</tt> is greater than <tt>var2</tt>.</li>
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00003495 <li><tt>uge</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003496 <tt>var1</tt> is greater than or equal to <tt>var2</tt>.</li>
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00003497 <li><tt>ult</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003498 <tt>var1</tt> is less than <tt>var2</tt>.</li>
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00003499 <li><tt>ule</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003500 <tt>var1</tt> is less than or equal to <tt>var2</tt>.</li>
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00003501 <li><tt>une</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003502 <tt>var1</tt> is not equal to <tt>var2</tt>.</li>
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00003503 <li><tt>uno</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN.</li>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003504 <li><tt>true</tt>: always yields <tt>true</tt>, regardless of operands.</li>
3505</ol>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00003506
3507<h5>Example:</h5>
3508<pre> &lt;result&gt; = fcmp oeq float 4.0, 5.0 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
3509 &lt;result&gt; = icmp one float 4.0, 5.0 <i>; yields: result=true</i>
3510 &lt;result&gt; = icmp olt float 4.0, 5.0 <i>; yields: result=true</i>
3511 &lt;result&gt; = icmp ueq double 1.0, 2.0 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
3512</pre>
3513</div>
3514
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00003515<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3516<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_phi">'<tt>phi</tt>'
3517Instruction</a> </div>
3518<div class="doc_text">
3519<h5>Syntax:</h5>
3520<pre> &lt;result&gt; = phi &lt;ty&gt; [ &lt;val0&gt;, &lt;label0&gt;], ...<br></pre>
3521<h5>Overview:</h5>
3522<p>The '<tt>phi</tt>' instruction is used to implement the &#966; node in
3523the SSA graph representing the function.</p>
3524<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00003525<p>The type of the incoming values is specified with the first type
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00003526field. After this, the '<tt>phi</tt>' instruction takes a list of pairs
3527as arguments, with one pair for each predecessor basic block of the
3528current block. Only values of <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a>
3529type may be used as the value arguments to the PHI node. Only labels
3530may be used as the label arguments.</p>
3531<p>There must be no non-phi instructions between the start of a basic
3532block and the PHI instructions: i.e. PHI instructions must be first in
3533a basic block.</p>
3534<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00003535<p>At runtime, the '<tt>phi</tt>' instruction logically takes on the value
3536specified by the pair corresponding to the predecessor basic block that executed
3537just prior to the current block.</p>
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00003538<h5>Example:</h5>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003539<pre>Loop: ; Infinite loop that counts from 0 on up...<br> %indvar = phi i32 [ 0, %LoopHeader ], [ %nextindvar, %Loop ]<br> %nextindvar = add i32 %indvar, 1<br> br label %Loop<br></pre>
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00003540</div>
3541
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00003542<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3543<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3544 <a name="i_select">'<tt>select</tt>' Instruction</a>
3545</div>
3546
3547<div class="doc_text">
3548
3549<h5>Syntax:</h5>
3550
3551<pre>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00003552 &lt;result&gt; = select i1 &lt;cond&gt;, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;val1&gt;, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;val2&gt; <i>; yields ty</i>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00003553</pre>
3554
3555<h5>Overview:</h5>
3556
3557<p>
3558The '<tt>select</tt>' instruction is used to choose one value based on a
3559condition, without branching.
3560</p>
3561
3562
3563<h5>Arguments:</h5>
3564
3565<p>
3566The '<tt>select</tt>' instruction requires a boolean value indicating the condition, and two values of the same <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type.
3567</p>
3568
3569<h5>Semantics:</h5>
3570
3571<p>
3572If the boolean condition evaluates to true, the instruction returns the first
John Criswellfc6b8952005-05-16 16:17:45 +00003573value argument; otherwise, it returns the second value argument.
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00003574</p>
3575
3576<h5>Example:</h5>
3577
3578<pre>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00003579 %X = select i1 true, i8 17, i8 42 <i>; yields i8:17</i>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00003580</pre>
3581</div>
3582
Robert Bocchino05ccd702006-01-15 20:48:27 +00003583
3584<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3585<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00003586 <a name="i_call">'<tt>call</tt>' Instruction</a>
3587</div>
3588
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003589<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00003590
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003591<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00003592<pre>
Nick Lewyckydb7e3c92007-09-08 13:57:50 +00003593 &lt;result&gt; = [tail] call [<a href="#callingconv">cconv</a>] &lt;ty&gt; [&lt;fnty&gt;*] &lt;fnptrval&gt;(&lt;param list&gt;)
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00003594</pre>
3595
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003596<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00003597
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003598<p>The '<tt>call</tt>' instruction represents a simple function call.</p>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00003599
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003600<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00003601
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003602<p>This instruction requires several arguments:</p>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00003603
Chris Lattner6536cfe2002-05-06 22:08:29 +00003604<ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003605 <li>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00003606 <p>The optional "tail" marker indicates whether the callee function accesses
3607 any allocas or varargs in the caller. If the "tail" marker is present, the
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00003608 function call is eligible for tail call optimization. Note that calls may
3609 be marked "tail" even if they do not occur before a <a
3610 href="#i_ret"><tt>ret</tt></a> instruction.
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003611 </li>
3612 <li>
Duncan Sands8036ca42007-03-30 12:22:09 +00003613 <p>The optional "cconv" marker indicates which <a href="#callingconv">calling
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00003614 convention</a> the call should use. If none is specified, the call defaults
3615 to using C calling conventions.
3616 </li>
3617 <li>
Nick Lewyckydb7e3c92007-09-08 13:57:50 +00003618 <p>'<tt>ty</tt>': the type of the call instruction itself which is also
3619 the type of the return value. Functions that return no value are marked
3620 <tt><a href="#t_void">void</a></tt>.</p>
3621 </li>
3622 <li>
3623 <p>'<tt>fnty</tt>': shall be the signature of the pointer to function
3624 value being invoked. The argument types must match the types implied by
3625 this signature. This type can be omitted if the function is not varargs
3626 and if the function type does not return a pointer to a function.</p>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00003627 </li>
3628 <li>
3629 <p>'<tt>fnptrval</tt>': An LLVM value containing a pointer to a function to
3630 be invoked. In most cases, this is a direct function invocation, but
3631 indirect <tt>call</tt>s are just as possible, calling an arbitrary pointer
John Criswellfc6b8952005-05-16 16:17:45 +00003632 to function value.</p>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003633 </li>
3634 <li>
3635 <p>'<tt>function args</tt>': argument list whose types match the
Reid Spencera7e302a2005-05-01 22:22:57 +00003636 function signature argument types. All arguments must be of
3637 <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. If the function signature
3638 indicates the function accepts a variable number of arguments, the extra
3639 arguments can be specified.</p>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003640 </li>
Chris Lattner6536cfe2002-05-06 22:08:29 +00003641</ol>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00003642
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003643<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00003644
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003645<p>The '<tt>call</tt>' instruction is used to cause control flow to
3646transfer to a specified function, with its incoming arguments bound to
3647the specified values. Upon a '<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>'
3648instruction in the called function, control flow continues with the
3649instruction after the function call, and the return value of the
3650function is bound to the result argument. This is a simpler case of
3651the <a href="#i_invoke">invoke</a> instruction.</p>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00003652
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003653<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00003654
3655<pre>
Nick Lewyckydb7e3c92007-09-08 13:57:50 +00003656 %retval = call i32 @test(i32 %argc)
3657 call i32 (i8 *, ...)* @printf(i8 * %msg, i32 12, i8 42);
3658 %X = tail call i32 @foo()
3659 %Y = tail call <a href="#callingconv">fastcc</a> i32 @foo()
3660 %Z = call void %foo(i8 97 signext)
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00003661</pre>
3662
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003663</div>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00003664
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00003665<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00003666<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattnerfb6977d2006-01-13 23:26:01 +00003667 <a name="i_va_arg">'<tt>va_arg</tt>' Instruction</a>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00003668</div>
3669
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003670<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00003671
Chris Lattner8d1a81d2003-10-18 05:51:36 +00003672<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00003673
3674<pre>
Andrew Lenharth8bf607a2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00003675 &lt;resultval&gt; = va_arg &lt;va_list*&gt; &lt;arglist&gt;, &lt;argty&gt;
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00003676</pre>
3677
Chris Lattner8d1a81d2003-10-18 05:51:36 +00003678<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00003679
Andrew Lenharth8bf607a2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00003680<p>The '<tt>va_arg</tt>' instruction is used to access arguments passed through
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00003681the "variable argument" area of a function call. It is used to implement the
3682<tt>va_arg</tt> macro in C.</p>
3683
Chris Lattner8d1a81d2003-10-18 05:51:36 +00003684<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00003685
Andrew Lenharth8bf607a2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00003686<p>This instruction takes a <tt>va_list*</tt> value and the type of
3687the argument. It returns a value of the specified argument type and
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00003688increments the <tt>va_list</tt> to point to the next argument. The
Andrew Lenharth8bf607a2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00003689actual type of <tt>va_list</tt> is target specific.</p>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00003690
Chris Lattner8d1a81d2003-10-18 05:51:36 +00003691<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00003692
Andrew Lenharth8bf607a2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00003693<p>The '<tt>va_arg</tt>' instruction loads an argument of the specified
3694type from the specified <tt>va_list</tt> and causes the
3695<tt>va_list</tt> to point to the next argument. For more information,
3696see the variable argument handling <a href="#int_varargs">Intrinsic
3697Functions</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00003698
3699<p>It is legal for this instruction to be called in a function which does not
3700take a variable number of arguments, for example, the <tt>vfprintf</tt>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003701function.</p>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00003702
Andrew Lenharth8bf607a2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00003703<p><tt>va_arg</tt> is an LLVM instruction instead of an <a
John Criswellfc6b8952005-05-16 16:17:45 +00003704href="#intrinsics">intrinsic function</a> because it takes a type as an
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00003705argument.</p>
3706
Chris Lattner8d1a81d2003-10-18 05:51:36 +00003707<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00003708
3709<p>See the <a href="#int_varargs">variable argument processing</a> section.</p>
3710
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003711</div>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00003712
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00003713<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003714<div class="doc_section"> <a name="intrinsics">Intrinsic Functions</a> </div>
3715<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00003716
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003717<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00003718
3719<p>LLVM supports the notion of an "intrinsic function". These functions have
Reid Spencer409e28f2007-04-01 08:04:23 +00003720well known names and semantics and are required to follow certain restrictions.
3721Overall, these intrinsics represent an extension mechanism for the LLVM
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00003722language that does not require changing all of the transformations in LLVM when
Gabor Greif04367bf2007-07-06 22:07:22 +00003723adding to the language (or the bitcode reader/writer, the parser, etc...).</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00003724
John Criswellfc6b8952005-05-16 16:17:45 +00003725<p>Intrinsic function names must all start with an "<tt>llvm.</tt>" prefix. This
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00003726prefix is reserved in LLVM for intrinsic names; thus, function names may not
3727begin with this prefix. Intrinsic functions must always be external functions:
3728you cannot define the body of intrinsic functions. Intrinsic functions may
3729only be used in call or invoke instructions: it is illegal to take the address
3730of an intrinsic function. Additionally, because intrinsic functions are part
3731of the LLVM language, it is required if any are added that they be documented
3732here.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00003733
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00003734<p>Some intrinsic functions can be overloaded, i.e., the intrinsic represents
3735a family of functions that perform the same operation but on different data
3736types. Because LLVM can represent over 8 million different integer types,
3737overloading is used commonly to allow an intrinsic function to operate on any
3738integer type. One or more of the argument types or the result type can be
3739overloaded to accept any integer type. Argument types may also be defined as
3740exactly matching a previous argument's type or the result type. This allows an
3741intrinsic function which accepts multiple arguments, but needs all of them to
3742be of the same type, to only be overloaded with respect to a single argument or
3743the result.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00003744
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00003745<p>Overloaded intrinsics will have the names of its overloaded argument types
3746encoded into its function name, each preceded by a period. Only those types
3747which are overloaded result in a name suffix. Arguments whose type is matched
3748against another type do not. For example, the <tt>llvm.ctpop</tt> function can
3749take an integer of any width and returns an integer of exactly the same integer
3750width. This leads to a family of functions such as
3751<tt>i8 @llvm.ctpop.i8(i8 %val)</tt> and <tt>i29 @llvm.ctpop.i29(i29 %val)</tt>.
3752Only one type, the return type, is overloaded, and only one type suffix is
3753required. Because the argument's type is matched against the return type, it
3754does not require its own name suffix.</p>
Reid Spencer409e28f2007-04-01 08:04:23 +00003755
3756<p>To learn how to add an intrinsic function, please see the
3757<a href="ExtendingLLVM.html">Extending LLVM Guide</a>.
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00003758</p>
3759
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003760</div>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00003761
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00003762<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00003763<div class="doc_subsection">
3764 <a name="int_varargs">Variable Argument Handling Intrinsics</a>
3765</div>
3766
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003767<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00003768
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003769<p>Variable argument support is defined in LLVM with the <a
Chris Lattnerfb6977d2006-01-13 23:26:01 +00003770 href="#i_va_arg"><tt>va_arg</tt></a> instruction and these three
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003771intrinsic functions. These functions are related to the similarly
3772named macros defined in the <tt>&lt;stdarg.h&gt;</tt> header file.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00003773
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003774<p>All of these functions operate on arguments that use a
3775target-specific value type "<tt>va_list</tt>". The LLVM assembly
3776language reference manual does not define what this type is, so all
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00003777transformations should be prepared to handle these functions regardless of
3778the type used.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00003779
Chris Lattner374ab302006-05-15 17:26:46 +00003780<p>This example shows how the <a href="#i_va_arg"><tt>va_arg</tt></a>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003781instruction and the variable argument handling intrinsic functions are
3782used.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00003783
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00003784<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00003785<pre>
Anton Korobeynikov5d522f32007-03-21 23:58:04 +00003786define i32 @test(i32 %X, ...) {
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00003787 ; Initialize variable argument processing
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00003788 %ap = alloca i8*
Chris Lattnerb75137d2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00003789 %ap2 = bitcast i8** %ap to i8*
Anton Korobeynikov5d522f32007-03-21 23:58:04 +00003790 call void @llvm.va_start(i8* %ap2)
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00003791
3792 ; Read a single integer argument
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00003793 %tmp = va_arg i8** %ap, i32
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00003794
3795 ; Demonstrate usage of llvm.va_copy and llvm.va_end
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00003796 %aq = alloca i8*
Chris Lattnerb75137d2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00003797 %aq2 = bitcast i8** %aq to i8*
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00003798 call void @llvm.va_copy(i8* %aq2, i8* %ap2)
Anton Korobeynikov5d522f32007-03-21 23:58:04 +00003799 call void @llvm.va_end(i8* %aq2)
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00003800
3801 ; Stop processing of arguments.
Anton Korobeynikov5d522f32007-03-21 23:58:04 +00003802 call void @llvm.va_end(i8* %ap2)
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003803 ret i32 %tmp
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00003804}
Anton Korobeynikov5d522f32007-03-21 23:58:04 +00003805
3806declare void @llvm.va_start(i8*)
3807declare void @llvm.va_copy(i8*, i8*)
3808declare void @llvm.va_end(i8*)
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00003809</pre>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003810</div>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00003811
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00003812</div>
3813
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00003814<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00003815<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00003816 <a name="int_va_start">'<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00003817</div>
3818
3819
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003820<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00003821<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb75137d2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00003822<pre> declare void %llvm.va_start(i8* &lt;arglist&gt;)<br></pre>
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00003823<h5>Overview:</h5>
Andrew Lenharth8bf607a2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00003824<P>The '<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' intrinsic initializes
3825<tt>*&lt;arglist&gt;</tt> for subsequent use by <tt><a
3826href="#i_va_arg">va_arg</a></tt>.</p>
3827
3828<h5>Arguments:</h5>
3829
3830<P>The argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> element to initialize.</p>
3831
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00003832<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Andrew Lenharth8bf607a2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00003833
3834<P>The '<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' intrinsic works just like the <tt>va_start</tt>
3835macro available in C. In a target-dependent way, it initializes the
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00003836<tt>va_list</tt> element to which the argument points, so that the next call to
Andrew Lenharth8bf607a2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00003837<tt>va_arg</tt> will produce the first variable argument passed to the function.
3838Unlike the C <tt>va_start</tt> macro, this intrinsic does not need to know the
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00003839last argument of the function as the compiler can figure that out.</p>
Andrew Lenharth8bf607a2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00003840
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003841</div>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00003842
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00003843<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00003844<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00003845 <a name="int_va_end">'<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00003846</div>
3847
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003848<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00003849<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00003850<pre> declare void @llvm.va_end(i8* &lt;arglist&gt;)<br></pre>
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00003851<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb75137d2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00003852
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00003853<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>' intrinsic destroys <tt>*&lt;arglist&gt;</tt>,
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00003854which has been initialized previously with <tt><a href="#int_va_start">llvm.va_start</a></tt>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003855or <tt><a href="#i_va_copy">llvm.va_copy</a></tt>.</p>
Chris Lattnerb75137d2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00003856
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00003857<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb75137d2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00003858
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00003859<p>The argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> to destroy.</p>
Chris Lattnerb75137d2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00003860
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00003861<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb75137d2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00003862
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003863<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>' intrinsic works just like the <tt>va_end</tt>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00003864macro available in C. In a target-dependent way, it destroys the
3865<tt>va_list</tt> element to which the argument points. Calls to <a
3866href="#int_va_start"><tt>llvm.va_start</tt></a> and <a href="#int_va_copy">
3867<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt></a> must be matched exactly with calls to
3868<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>.</p>
Chris Lattnerb75137d2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00003869
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003870</div>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00003871
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00003872<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00003873<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00003874 <a name="int_va_copy">'<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00003875</div>
3876
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003877<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00003878
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00003879<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00003880
3881<pre>
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00003882 declare void @llvm.va_copy(i8* &lt;destarglist&gt;, i8* &lt;srcarglist&gt;)
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00003883</pre>
3884
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00003885<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00003886
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00003887<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>' intrinsic copies the current argument position
3888from the source argument list to the destination argument list.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00003889
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00003890<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00003891
Andrew Lenharth8bf607a2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00003892<p>The first argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> element to initialize.
Andrew Lenharthd0a4c622005-06-22 20:38:11 +00003893The second argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> element to copy from.</p>
Andrew Lenharth8bf607a2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00003894
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00003895
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00003896<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00003897
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00003898<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>' intrinsic works just like the <tt>va_copy</tt>
3899macro available in C. In a target-dependent way, it copies the source
3900<tt>va_list</tt> element into the destination <tt>va_list</tt> element. This
3901intrinsic is necessary because the <tt><a href="#int_va_start">
3902llvm.va_start</a></tt> intrinsic may be arbitrarily complex and require, for
3903example, memory allocation.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00003904
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003905</div>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00003906
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00003907<!-- ======================================================================= -->
3908<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00003909 <a name="int_gc">Accurate Garbage Collection Intrinsics</a>
3910</div>
3911
3912<div class="doc_text">
3913
3914<p>
3915LLVM support for <a href="GarbageCollection.html">Accurate Garbage
3916Collection</a> requires the implementation and generation of these intrinsics.
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00003917These intrinsics allow identification of <a href="#int_gcroot">GC roots on the
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00003918stack</a>, as well as garbage collector implementations that require <a
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00003919href="#int_gcread">read</a> and <a href="#int_gcwrite">write</a> barriers.
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00003920Front-ends for type-safe garbage collected languages should generate these
3921intrinsics to make use of the LLVM garbage collectors. For more details, see <a
3922href="GarbageCollection.html">Accurate Garbage Collection with LLVM</a>.
3923</p>
3924</div>
3925
3926<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3927<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00003928 <a name="int_gcroot">'<tt>llvm.gcroot</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00003929</div>
3930
3931<div class="doc_text">
3932
3933<h5>Syntax:</h5>
3934
3935<pre>
Chris Lattner1df4f752007-09-21 17:30:40 +00003936 declare void @llvm.gcroot(i8** %ptrloc, i8* %metadata)
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00003937</pre>
3938
3939<h5>Overview:</h5>
3940
John Criswell9e2485c2004-12-10 15:51:16 +00003941<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcroot</tt>' intrinsic declares the existence of a GC root to
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00003942the code generator, and allows some metadata to be associated with it.</p>
3943
3944<h5>Arguments:</h5>
3945
3946<p>The first argument specifies the address of a stack object that contains the
3947root pointer. The second pointer (which must be either a constant or a global
3948value address) contains the meta-data to be associated with the root.</p>
3949
3950<h5>Semantics:</h5>
3951
3952<p>At runtime, a call to this intrinsics stores a null pointer into the "ptrloc"
3953location. At compile-time, the code generator generates information to allow
3954the runtime to find the pointer at GC safe points.
3955</p>
3956
3957</div>
3958
3959
3960<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3961<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00003962 <a name="int_gcread">'<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00003963</div>
3964
3965<div class="doc_text">
3966
3967<h5>Syntax:</h5>
3968
3969<pre>
Chris Lattner1df4f752007-09-21 17:30:40 +00003970 declare i8* @llvm.gcread(i8* %ObjPtr, i8** %Ptr)
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00003971</pre>
3972
3973<h5>Overview:</h5>
3974
3975<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' intrinsic identifies reads of references from heap
3976locations, allowing garbage collector implementations that require read
3977barriers.</p>
3978
3979<h5>Arguments:</h5>
3980
Chris Lattner80626e92006-03-14 20:02:51 +00003981<p>The second argument is the address to read from, which should be an address
3982allocated from the garbage collector. The first object is a pointer to the
3983start of the referenced object, if needed by the language runtime (otherwise
3984null).</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00003985
3986<h5>Semantics:</h5>
3987
3988<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' intrinsic has the same semantics as a load
3989instruction, but may be replaced with substantially more complex code by the
3990garbage collector runtime, as needed.</p>
3991
3992</div>
3993
3994
3995<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3996<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00003997 <a name="int_gcwrite">'<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00003998</div>
3999
4000<div class="doc_text">
4001
4002<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4003
4004<pre>
Chris Lattner1df4f752007-09-21 17:30:40 +00004005 declare void @llvm.gcwrite(i8* %P1, i8* %Obj, i8** %P2)
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00004006</pre>
4007
4008<h5>Overview:</h5>
4009
4010<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' intrinsic identifies writes of references to heap
4011locations, allowing garbage collector implementations that require write
4012barriers (such as generational or reference counting collectors).</p>
4013
4014<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4015
Chris Lattner80626e92006-03-14 20:02:51 +00004016<p>The first argument is the reference to store, the second is the start of the
4017object to store it to, and the third is the address of the field of Obj to
4018store to. If the runtime does not require a pointer to the object, Obj may be
4019null.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00004020
4021<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4022
4023<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' intrinsic has the same semantics as a store
4024instruction, but may be replaced with substantially more complex code by the
4025garbage collector runtime, as needed.</p>
4026
4027</div>
4028
4029
4030
4031<!-- ======================================================================= -->
4032<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00004033 <a name="int_codegen">Code Generator Intrinsics</a>
4034</div>
4035
4036<div class="doc_text">
4037<p>
4038These intrinsics are provided by LLVM to expose special features that may only
4039be implemented with code generator support.
4040</p>
4041
4042</div>
4043
4044<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4045<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00004046 <a name="int_returnaddress">'<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00004047</div>
4048
4049<div class="doc_text">
4050
4051<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4052<pre>
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00004053 declare i8 *@llvm.returnaddress(i32 &lt;level&gt;)
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00004054</pre>
4055
4056<h5>Overview:</h5>
4057
4058<p>
Chris Lattner32b5d712006-10-15 20:05:59 +00004059The '<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' intrinsic attempts to compute a
4060target-specific value indicating the return address of the current function
4061or one of its callers.
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00004062</p>
4063
4064<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4065
4066<p>
4067The argument to this intrinsic indicates which function to return the address
4068for. Zero indicates the calling function, one indicates its caller, etc. The
4069argument is <b>required</b> to be a constant integer value.
4070</p>
4071
4072<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4073
4074<p>
4075The '<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' intrinsic either returns a pointer indicating
4076the return address of the specified call frame, or zero if it cannot be
4077identified. The value returned by this intrinsic is likely to be incorrect or 0
4078for arguments other than zero, so it should only be used for debugging purposes.
4079</p>
4080
4081<p>
4082Note that calling this intrinsic does not prevent function inlining or other
Chris Lattnerb40bb382005-03-07 20:30:51 +00004083aggressive transformations, so the value returned may not be that of the obvious
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00004084source-language caller.
4085</p>
4086</div>
4087
4088
4089<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4090<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00004091 <a name="int_frameaddress">'<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00004092</div>
4093
4094<div class="doc_text">
4095
4096<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4097<pre>
Chris Lattner1df4f752007-09-21 17:30:40 +00004098 declare i8 *@llvm.frameaddress(i32 &lt;level&gt;)
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00004099</pre>
4100
4101<h5>Overview:</h5>
4102
4103<p>
Chris Lattner32b5d712006-10-15 20:05:59 +00004104The '<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' intrinsic attempts to return the
4105target-specific frame pointer value for the specified stack frame.
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00004106</p>
4107
4108<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4109
4110<p>
4111The argument to this intrinsic indicates which function to return the frame
4112pointer for. Zero indicates the calling function, one indicates its caller,
4113etc. The argument is <b>required</b> to be a constant integer value.
4114</p>
4115
4116<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4117
4118<p>
4119The '<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' intrinsic either returns a pointer indicating
4120the frame address of the specified call frame, or zero if it cannot be
4121identified. The value returned by this intrinsic is likely to be incorrect or 0
4122for arguments other than zero, so it should only be used for debugging purposes.
4123</p>
4124
4125<p>
4126Note that calling this intrinsic does not prevent function inlining or other
Chris Lattnerb40bb382005-03-07 20:30:51 +00004127aggressive transformations, so the value returned may not be that of the obvious
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00004128source-language caller.
4129</p>
4130</div>
4131
Chris Lattner9a9d7ac2005-02-28 19:24:19 +00004132<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4133<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00004134 <a name="int_stacksave">'<tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00004135</div>
4136
4137<div class="doc_text">
4138
4139<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4140<pre>
Chris Lattner1df4f752007-09-21 17:30:40 +00004141 declare i8 *@llvm.stacksave()
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00004142</pre>
4143
4144<h5>Overview:</h5>
4145
4146<p>
4147The '<tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>' intrinsic is used to remember the current state of
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00004148the function stack, for use with <a href="#int_stackrestore">
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00004149<tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt></a>. This is useful for implementing language
4150features like scoped automatic variable sized arrays in C99.
4151</p>
4152
4153<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4154
4155<p>
4156This intrinsic returns a opaque pointer value that can be passed to <a
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00004157href="#int_stackrestore"><tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt></a>. When an
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00004158<tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt> intrinsic is executed with a value saved from
4159<tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>, it effectively restores the state of the stack to the
4160state it was in when the <tt>llvm.stacksave</tt> intrinsic executed. In
4161practice, this pops any <a href="#i_alloca">alloca</a> blocks from the stack
4162that were allocated after the <tt>llvm.stacksave</tt> was executed.
4163</p>
4164
4165</div>
4166
4167<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4168<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00004169 <a name="int_stackrestore">'<tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00004170</div>
4171
4172<div class="doc_text">
4173
4174<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4175<pre>
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00004176 declare void @llvm.stackrestore(i8 * %ptr)
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00004177</pre>
4178
4179<h5>Overview:</h5>
4180
4181<p>
4182The '<tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt>' intrinsic is used to restore the state of
4183the function stack to the state it was in when the corresponding <a
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00004184href="#int_stacksave"><tt>llvm.stacksave</tt></a> intrinsic executed. This is
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00004185useful for implementing language features like scoped automatic variable sized
4186arrays in C99.
4187</p>
4188
4189<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4190
4191<p>
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00004192See the description for <a href="#int_stacksave"><tt>llvm.stacksave</tt></a>.
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00004193</p>
4194
4195</div>
4196
4197
4198<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4199<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00004200 <a name="int_prefetch">'<tt>llvm.prefetch</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner9a9d7ac2005-02-28 19:24:19 +00004201</div>
4202
4203<div class="doc_text">
4204
4205<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4206<pre>
Chris Lattner1df4f752007-09-21 17:30:40 +00004207 declare void @llvm.prefetch(i8* &lt;address&gt;, i32 &lt;rw&gt;, i32 &lt;locality&gt;)
Chris Lattner9a9d7ac2005-02-28 19:24:19 +00004208</pre>
4209
4210<h5>Overview:</h5>
4211
4212
4213<p>
4214The '<tt>llvm.prefetch</tt>' intrinsic is a hint to the code generator to insert
John Criswellfc6b8952005-05-16 16:17:45 +00004215a prefetch instruction if supported; otherwise, it is a noop. Prefetches have
4216no
4217effect on the behavior of the program but can change its performance
Chris Lattner2a615362005-02-28 19:47:14 +00004218characteristics.
Chris Lattner9a9d7ac2005-02-28 19:24:19 +00004219</p>
4220
4221<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4222
4223<p>
4224<tt>address</tt> is the address to be prefetched, <tt>rw</tt> is the specifier
4225determining if the fetch should be for a read (0) or write (1), and
4226<tt>locality</tt> is a temporal locality specifier ranging from (0) - no
Chris Lattneraeffb4a2005-03-07 20:31:38 +00004227locality, to (3) - extremely local keep in cache. The <tt>rw</tt> and
Chris Lattner9a9d7ac2005-02-28 19:24:19 +00004228<tt>locality</tt> arguments must be constant integers.
4229</p>
4230
4231<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4232
4233<p>
4234This intrinsic does not modify the behavior of the program. In particular,
4235prefetches cannot trap and do not produce a value. On targets that support this
4236intrinsic, the prefetch can provide hints to the processor cache for better
4237performance.
4238</p>
4239
4240</div>
4241
Andrew Lenharth7f4ec3b2005-03-28 20:05:49 +00004242<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4243<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00004244 <a name="int_pcmarker">'<tt>llvm.pcmarker</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharth7f4ec3b2005-03-28 20:05:49 +00004245</div>
4246
4247<div class="doc_text">
4248
4249<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4250<pre>
Chris Lattner1df4f752007-09-21 17:30:40 +00004251 declare void @llvm.pcmarker(i32 &lt;id&gt;)
Andrew Lenharth7f4ec3b2005-03-28 20:05:49 +00004252</pre>
4253
4254<h5>Overview:</h5>
4255
4256
4257<p>
John Criswellfc6b8952005-05-16 16:17:45 +00004258The '<tt>llvm.pcmarker</tt>' intrinsic is a method to export a Program Counter
4259(PC) in a region of
Andrew Lenharth7f4ec3b2005-03-28 20:05:49 +00004260code to simulators and other tools. The method is target specific, but it is
4261expected that the marker will use exported symbols to transmit the PC of the marker.
Jeff Cohen25d4f7e2005-11-11 02:15:27 +00004262The marker makes no guarantees that it will remain with any specific instruction
Chris Lattnerd07c3f42005-11-15 06:07:55 +00004263after optimizations. It is possible that the presence of a marker will inhibit
Chris Lattnerb3e7afd2006-03-24 07:16:10 +00004264optimizations. The intended use is to be inserted after optimizations to allow
John Criswellfc6b8952005-05-16 16:17:45 +00004265correlations of simulation runs.
Andrew Lenharth7f4ec3b2005-03-28 20:05:49 +00004266</p>
4267
4268<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4269
4270<p>
4271<tt>id</tt> is a numerical id identifying the marker.
4272</p>
4273
4274<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4275
4276<p>
4277This intrinsic does not modify the behavior of the program. Backends that do not
4278support this intrinisic may ignore it.
4279</p>
4280
4281</div>
4282
Andrew Lenharth51b8d542005-11-11 16:47:30 +00004283<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4284<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00004285 <a name="int_readcyclecounter">'<tt>llvm.readcyclecounter</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharth51b8d542005-11-11 16:47:30 +00004286</div>
4287
4288<div class="doc_text">
4289
4290<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4291<pre>
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00004292 declare i64 @llvm.readcyclecounter( )
Andrew Lenharth51b8d542005-11-11 16:47:30 +00004293</pre>
4294
4295<h5>Overview:</h5>
4296
4297
4298<p>
4299The '<tt>llvm.readcyclecounter</tt>' intrinsic provides access to the cycle
4300counter register (or similar low latency, high accuracy clocks) on those targets
4301that support it. On X86, it should map to RDTSC. On Alpha, it should map to RPCC.
4302As the backing counters overflow quickly (on the order of 9 seconds on alpha), this
4303should only be used for small timings.
4304</p>
4305
4306<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4307
4308<p>
4309When directly supported, reading the cycle counter should not modify any memory.
4310Implementations are allowed to either return a application specific value or a
4311system wide value. On backends without support, this is lowered to a constant 0.
4312</p>
4313
4314</div>
4315
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00004316<!-- ======================================================================= -->
4317<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00004318 <a name="int_libc">Standard C Library Intrinsics</a>
4319</div>
4320
4321<div class="doc_text">
4322<p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00004323LLVM provides intrinsics for a few important standard C library functions.
4324These intrinsics allow source-language front-ends to pass information about the
4325alignment of the pointer arguments to the code generator, providing opportunity
4326for more efficient code generation.
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00004327</p>
4328
4329</div>
4330
4331<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4332<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00004333 <a name="int_memcpy">'<tt>llvm.memcpy</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00004334</div>
4335
4336<div class="doc_text">
4337
4338<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4339<pre>
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00004340 declare void @llvm.memcpy.i32(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004341 i32 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00004342 declare void @llvm.memcpy.i64(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004343 i64 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00004344</pre>
4345
4346<h5>Overview:</h5>
4347
4348<p>
Chris Lattner5b310c32006-03-03 00:07:20 +00004349The '<tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>' intrinsics copy a block of memory from the source
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00004350location to the destination location.
4351</p>
4352
4353<p>
Chris Lattner5b310c32006-03-03 00:07:20 +00004354Note that, unlike the standard libc function, the <tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>
4355intrinsics do not return a value, and takes an extra alignment argument.
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00004356</p>
4357
4358<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4359
4360<p>
4361The first argument is a pointer to the destination, the second is a pointer to
Chris Lattner5b310c32006-03-03 00:07:20 +00004362the source. The third argument is an integer argument
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00004363specifying the number of bytes to copy, and the fourth argument is the alignment
4364of the source and destination locations.
4365</p>
4366
Chris Lattner3301ced2004-02-12 21:18:15 +00004367<p>
4368If the call to this intrinisic has an alignment value that is not 0 or 1, then
Chris Lattnerf0afc2c2006-03-04 00:02:10 +00004369the caller guarantees that both the source and destination pointers are aligned
4370to that boundary.
Chris Lattner3301ced2004-02-12 21:18:15 +00004371</p>
4372
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00004373<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4374
4375<p>
Chris Lattner5b310c32006-03-03 00:07:20 +00004376The '<tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>' intrinsics copy a block of memory from the source
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00004377location to the destination location, which are not allowed to overlap. It
4378copies "len" bytes of memory over. If the argument is known to be aligned to
4379some boundary, this can be specified as the fourth argument, otherwise it should
4380be set to 0 or 1.
4381</p>
4382</div>
4383
4384
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00004385<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4386<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00004387 <a name="int_memmove">'<tt>llvm.memmove</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00004388</div>
4389
4390<div class="doc_text">
4391
4392<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4393<pre>
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00004394 declare void @llvm.memmove.i32(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004395 i32 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00004396 declare void @llvm.memmove.i64(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004397 i64 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00004398</pre>
4399
4400<h5>Overview:</h5>
4401
4402<p>
Chris Lattner5b310c32006-03-03 00:07:20 +00004403The '<tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>' intrinsics move a block of memory from the source
4404location to the destination location. It is similar to the
4405'<tt>llvm.memcmp</tt>' intrinsic but allows the two memory locations to overlap.
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00004406</p>
4407
4408<p>
Chris Lattner5b310c32006-03-03 00:07:20 +00004409Note that, unlike the standard libc function, the <tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>
4410intrinsics do not return a value, and takes an extra alignment argument.
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00004411</p>
4412
4413<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4414
4415<p>
4416The first argument is a pointer to the destination, the second is a pointer to
Chris Lattner5b310c32006-03-03 00:07:20 +00004417the source. The third argument is an integer argument
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00004418specifying the number of bytes to copy, and the fourth argument is the alignment
4419of the source and destination locations.
4420</p>
4421
Chris Lattner3301ced2004-02-12 21:18:15 +00004422<p>
4423If the call to this intrinisic has an alignment value that is not 0 or 1, then
Chris Lattnerf0afc2c2006-03-04 00:02:10 +00004424the caller guarantees that the source and destination pointers are aligned to
4425that boundary.
Chris Lattner3301ced2004-02-12 21:18:15 +00004426</p>
4427
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00004428<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4429
4430<p>
Chris Lattner5b310c32006-03-03 00:07:20 +00004431The '<tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>' intrinsics copy a block of memory from the source
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00004432location to the destination location, which may overlap. It
4433copies "len" bytes of memory over. If the argument is known to be aligned to
4434some boundary, this can be specified as the fourth argument, otherwise it should
4435be set to 0 or 1.
4436</p>
4437</div>
4438
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00004439
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00004440<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4441<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00004442 <a name="int_memset">'<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00004443</div>
4444
4445<div class="doc_text">
4446
4447<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4448<pre>
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00004449 declare void @llvm.memset.i32(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 &lt;val&gt;,
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004450 i32 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00004451 declare void @llvm.memset.i64(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 &lt;val&gt;,
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004452 i64 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00004453</pre>
4454
4455<h5>Overview:</h5>
4456
4457<p>
Chris Lattner5b310c32006-03-03 00:07:20 +00004458The '<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' intrinsics fill a block of memory with a particular
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00004459byte value.
4460</p>
4461
4462<p>
4463Note that, unlike the standard libc function, the <tt>llvm.memset</tt> intrinsic
4464does not return a value, and takes an extra alignment argument.
4465</p>
4466
4467<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4468
4469<p>
4470The first argument is a pointer to the destination to fill, the second is the
Chris Lattner5b310c32006-03-03 00:07:20 +00004471byte value to fill it with, the third argument is an integer
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00004472argument specifying the number of bytes to fill, and the fourth argument is the
4473known alignment of destination location.
4474</p>
4475
4476<p>
4477If the call to this intrinisic has an alignment value that is not 0 or 1, then
Chris Lattnerf0afc2c2006-03-04 00:02:10 +00004478the caller guarantees that the destination pointer is aligned to that boundary.
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00004479</p>
4480
4481<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4482
4483<p>
Chris Lattner5b310c32006-03-03 00:07:20 +00004484The '<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' intrinsics fill "len" bytes of memory starting at
4485the
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00004486destination location. If the argument is known to be aligned to some boundary,
4487this can be specified as the fourth argument, otherwise it should be set to 0 or
44881.
4489</p>
4490</div>
4491
4492
Chris Lattner32006282004-06-11 02:28:03 +00004493<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4494<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00004495 <a name="int_sqrt">'<tt>llvm.sqrt.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnera4d74142005-07-21 01:29:16 +00004496</div>
4497
4498<div class="doc_text">
4499
4500<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Dale Johannesen408f9c12007-10-02 17:47:38 +00004501<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.sqrt</tt> on any
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00004502floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
4503types however.
Chris Lattnera4d74142005-07-21 01:29:16 +00004504<pre>
Dale Johannesen408f9c12007-10-02 17:47:38 +00004505 declare float @llvm.sqrt.f32(float %Val)
4506 declare double @llvm.sqrt.f64(double %Val)
4507 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.sqrt.f80(x86_fp80 %Val)
4508 declare fp128 @llvm.sqrt.f128(fp128 %Val)
4509 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.sqrt.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val)
Chris Lattnera4d74142005-07-21 01:29:16 +00004510</pre>
4511
4512<h5>Overview:</h5>
4513
4514<p>
Reid Spencer0b118202006-01-16 21:12:35 +00004515The '<tt>llvm.sqrt</tt>' intrinsics return the sqrt of the specified operand,
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00004516returning the same value as the libm '<tt>sqrt</tt>' functions would. Unlike
Chris Lattnera4d74142005-07-21 01:29:16 +00004517<tt>sqrt</tt> in libm, however, <tt>llvm.sqrt</tt> has undefined behavior for
4518negative numbers (which allows for better optimization).
4519</p>
4520
4521<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4522
4523<p>
4524The argument and return value are floating point numbers of the same type.
4525</p>
4526
4527<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4528
4529<p>
Dan Gohmand6257fe2007-07-16 14:37:41 +00004530This function returns the sqrt of the specified operand if it is a nonnegative
Chris Lattnera4d74142005-07-21 01:29:16 +00004531floating point number.
4532</p>
4533</div>
4534
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00004535<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4536<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00004537 <a name="int_powi">'<tt>llvm.powi.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00004538</div>
4539
4540<div class="doc_text">
4541
4542<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Dale Johannesen408f9c12007-10-02 17:47:38 +00004543<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.powi</tt> on any
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00004544floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
4545types however.
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00004546<pre>
Dale Johannesen408f9c12007-10-02 17:47:38 +00004547 declare float @llvm.powi.f32(float %Val, i32 %power)
4548 declare double @llvm.powi.f64(double %Val, i32 %power)
4549 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.powi.f80(x86_fp80 %Val, i32 %power)
4550 declare fp128 @llvm.powi.f128(fp128 %Val, i32 %power)
4551 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.powi.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val, i32 %power)
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00004552</pre>
4553
4554<h5>Overview:</h5>
4555
4556<p>
4557The '<tt>llvm.powi.*</tt>' intrinsics return the first operand raised to the
4558specified (positive or negative) power. The order of evaluation of
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00004559multiplications is not defined. When a vector of floating point type is
4560used, the second argument remains a scalar integer value.
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00004561</p>
4562
4563<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4564
4565<p>
4566The second argument is an integer power, and the first is a value to raise to
4567that power.
4568</p>
4569
4570<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4571
4572<p>
4573This function returns the first value raised to the second power with an
4574unspecified sequence of rounding operations.</p>
4575</div>
4576
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00004577<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4578<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4579 <a name="int_sin">'<tt>llvm.sin.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
4580</div>
4581
4582<div class="doc_text">
4583
4584<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4585<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.sin</tt> on any
4586floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
4587types however.
4588<pre>
4589 declare float @llvm.sin.f32(float %Val)
4590 declare double @llvm.sin.f64(double %Val)
4591 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.sin.f80(x86_fp80 %Val)
4592 declare fp128 @llvm.sin.f128(fp128 %Val)
4593 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.sin.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val)
4594</pre>
4595
4596<h5>Overview:</h5>
4597
4598<p>
4599The '<tt>llvm.sin.*</tt>' intrinsics return the sine of the operand.
4600</p>
4601
4602<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4603
4604<p>
4605The argument and return value are floating point numbers of the same type.
4606</p>
4607
4608<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4609
4610<p>
4611This function returns the sine of the specified operand, returning the
4612same values as the libm <tt>sin</tt> functions would, and handles error
Dan Gohmanba83b7e2007-10-17 18:05:13 +00004613conditions in the same way.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00004614</div>
4615
4616<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4617<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4618 <a name="int_cos">'<tt>llvm.cos.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
4619</div>
4620
4621<div class="doc_text">
4622
4623<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4624<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.cos</tt> on any
4625floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
4626types however.
4627<pre>
4628 declare float @llvm.cos.f32(float %Val)
4629 declare double @llvm.cos.f64(double %Val)
4630 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.cos.f80(x86_fp80 %Val)
4631 declare fp128 @llvm.cos.f128(fp128 %Val)
4632 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.cos.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val)
4633</pre>
4634
4635<h5>Overview:</h5>
4636
4637<p>
4638The '<tt>llvm.cos.*</tt>' intrinsics return the cosine of the operand.
4639</p>
4640
4641<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4642
4643<p>
4644The argument and return value are floating point numbers of the same type.
4645</p>
4646
4647<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4648
4649<p>
4650This function returns the cosine of the specified operand, returning the
4651same values as the libm <tt>cos</tt> functions would, and handles error
Dan Gohmanba83b7e2007-10-17 18:05:13 +00004652conditions in the same way.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00004653</div>
4654
4655<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4656<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4657 <a name="int_pow">'<tt>llvm.pow.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
4658</div>
4659
4660<div class="doc_text">
4661
4662<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4663<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.pow</tt> on any
4664floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
4665types however.
4666<pre>
4667 declare float @llvm.pow.f32(float %Val, float %Power)
4668 declare double @llvm.pow.f64(double %Val, double %Power)
4669 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.pow.f80(x86_fp80 %Val, x86_fp80 %Power)
4670 declare fp128 @llvm.pow.f128(fp128 %Val, fp128 %Power)
4671 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.pow.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val, ppc_fp128 Power)
4672</pre>
4673
4674<h5>Overview:</h5>
4675
4676<p>
4677The '<tt>llvm.pow.*</tt>' intrinsics return the first operand raised to the
4678specified (positive or negative) power.
4679</p>
4680
4681<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4682
4683<p>
4684The second argument is a floating point power, and the first is a value to
4685raise to that power.
4686</p>
4687
4688<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4689
4690<p>
4691This function returns the first value raised to the second power,
4692returning the
4693same values as the libm <tt>pow</tt> functions would, and handles error
Dan Gohmanba83b7e2007-10-17 18:05:13 +00004694conditions in the same way.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00004695</div>
4696
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00004697
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00004698<!-- ======================================================================= -->
4699<div class="doc_subsection">
Nate Begeman7e36c472006-01-13 23:26:38 +00004700 <a name="int_manip">Bit Manipulation Intrinsics</a>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00004701</div>
4702
4703<div class="doc_text">
4704<p>
Nate Begeman7e36c472006-01-13 23:26:38 +00004705LLVM provides intrinsics for a few important bit manipulation operations.
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00004706These allow efficient code generation for some algorithms.
4707</p>
4708
4709</div>
4710
4711<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4712<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00004713 <a name="int_bswap">'<tt>llvm.bswap.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Nate Begeman7e36c472006-01-13 23:26:38 +00004714</div>
4715
4716<div class="doc_text">
4717
4718<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Reid Spencer409e28f2007-04-01 08:04:23 +00004719<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic function. You can use bswap on any integer
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00004720type that is an even number of bytes (i.e. BitWidth % 16 == 0).
Nate Begeman7e36c472006-01-13 23:26:38 +00004721<pre>
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00004722 declare i16 @llvm.bswap.i16(i16 &lt;id&gt;)
4723 declare i32 @llvm.bswap.i32(i32 &lt;id&gt;)
4724 declare i64 @llvm.bswap.i64(i64 &lt;id&gt;)
Nate Begeman7e36c472006-01-13 23:26:38 +00004725</pre>
4726
4727<h5>Overview:</h5>
4728
4729<p>
Reid Spencer338ea092007-04-02 02:25:19 +00004730The '<tt>llvm.bswap</tt>' family of intrinsics is used to byte swap integer
Reid Spencer409e28f2007-04-01 08:04:23 +00004731values with an even number of bytes (positive multiple of 16 bits). These are
4732useful for performing operations on data that is not in the target's native
4733byte order.
Nate Begeman7e36c472006-01-13 23:26:38 +00004734</p>
4735
4736<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4737
4738<p>
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00004739The <tt>llvm.bswap.i16</tt> intrinsic returns an i16 value that has the high
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004740and low byte of the input i16 swapped. Similarly, the <tt>llvm.bswap.i32</tt>
4741intrinsic returns an i32 value that has the four bytes of the input i32
4742swapped, so that if the input bytes are numbered 0, 1, 2, 3 then the returned
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00004743i32 will have its bytes in 3, 2, 1, 0 order. The <tt>llvm.bswap.i48</tt>,
4744<tt>llvm.bswap.i64</tt> and other intrinsics extend this concept to
Reid Spencer409e28f2007-04-01 08:04:23 +00004745additional even-byte lengths (6 bytes, 8 bytes and more, respectively).
Nate Begeman7e36c472006-01-13 23:26:38 +00004746</p>
4747
4748</div>
4749
4750<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4751<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer0b118202006-01-16 21:12:35 +00004752 <a name="int_ctpop">'<tt>llvm.ctpop.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00004753</div>
4754
4755<div class="doc_text">
4756
4757<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Reid Spencer409e28f2007-04-01 08:04:23 +00004758<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use llvm.ctpop on any integer bit
4759width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00004760<pre>
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00004761 declare i8 @llvm.ctpop.i8 (i8 &lt;src&gt;)
4762 declare i16 @llvm.ctpop.i16(i16 &lt;src&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00004763 declare i32 @llvm.ctpop.i32(i32 &lt;src&gt;)
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00004764 declare i64 @llvm.ctpop.i64(i64 &lt;src&gt;)
4765 declare i256 @llvm.ctpop.i256(i256 &lt;src&gt;)
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00004766</pre>
4767
4768<h5>Overview:</h5>
4769
4770<p>
Chris Lattnerec6cb612006-01-16 22:38:59 +00004771The '<tt>llvm.ctpop</tt>' family of intrinsics counts the number of bits set in a
4772value.
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00004773</p>
4774
4775<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4776
4777<p>
Chris Lattnercfe6b372005-05-07 01:46:40 +00004778The only argument is the value to be counted. The argument may be of any
Reid Spencera5173382007-01-04 16:43:23 +00004779integer type. The return type must match the argument type.
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00004780</p>
4781
4782<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4783
4784<p>
4785The '<tt>llvm.ctpop</tt>' intrinsic counts the 1's in a variable.
4786</p>
4787</div>
4788
4789<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4790<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner8a886be2006-01-16 22:34:14 +00004791 <a name="int_ctlz">'<tt>llvm.ctlz.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00004792</div>
4793
4794<div class="doc_text">
4795
4796<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Reid Spencer409e28f2007-04-01 08:04:23 +00004797<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.ctlz</tt> on any
4798integer bit width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00004799<pre>
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00004800 declare i8 @llvm.ctlz.i8 (i8 &lt;src&gt;)
4801 declare i16 @llvm.ctlz.i16(i16 &lt;src&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00004802 declare i32 @llvm.ctlz.i32(i32 &lt;src&gt;)
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00004803 declare i64 @llvm.ctlz.i64(i64 &lt;src&gt;)
4804 declare i256 @llvm.ctlz.i256(i256 &lt;src&gt;)
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00004805</pre>
4806
4807<h5>Overview:</h5>
4808
4809<p>
Reid Spencer0b118202006-01-16 21:12:35 +00004810The '<tt>llvm.ctlz</tt>' family of intrinsic functions counts the number of
4811leading zeros in a variable.
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00004812</p>
4813
4814<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4815
4816<p>
Chris Lattnercfe6b372005-05-07 01:46:40 +00004817The only argument is the value to be counted. The argument may be of any
Reid Spencera5173382007-01-04 16:43:23 +00004818integer type. The return type must match the argument type.
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00004819</p>
4820
4821<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4822
4823<p>
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00004824The '<tt>llvm.ctlz</tt>' intrinsic counts the leading (most significant) zeros
4825in a variable. If the src == 0 then the result is the size in bits of the type
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004826of src. For example, <tt>llvm.ctlz(i32 2) = 30</tt>.
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00004827</p>
4828</div>
Chris Lattner32006282004-06-11 02:28:03 +00004829
4830
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00004831
4832<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4833<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner8a886be2006-01-16 22:34:14 +00004834 <a name="int_cttz">'<tt>llvm.cttz.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00004835</div>
4836
4837<div class="doc_text">
4838
4839<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Reid Spencer409e28f2007-04-01 08:04:23 +00004840<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.cttz</tt> on any
4841integer bit width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00004842<pre>
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00004843 declare i8 @llvm.cttz.i8 (i8 &lt;src&gt;)
4844 declare i16 @llvm.cttz.i16(i16 &lt;src&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00004845 declare i32 @llvm.cttz.i32(i32 &lt;src&gt;)
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00004846 declare i64 @llvm.cttz.i64(i64 &lt;src&gt;)
4847 declare i256 @llvm.cttz.i256(i256 &lt;src&gt;)
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00004848</pre>
4849
4850<h5>Overview:</h5>
4851
4852<p>
Reid Spencer0b118202006-01-16 21:12:35 +00004853The '<tt>llvm.cttz</tt>' family of intrinsic functions counts the number of
4854trailing zeros.
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00004855</p>
4856
4857<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4858
4859<p>
4860The only argument is the value to be counted. The argument may be of any
Reid Spencera5173382007-01-04 16:43:23 +00004861integer type. The return type must match the argument type.
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00004862</p>
4863
4864<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4865
4866<p>
4867The '<tt>llvm.cttz</tt>' intrinsic counts the trailing (least significant) zeros
4868in a variable. If the src == 0 then the result is the size in bits of the type
4869of src. For example, <tt>llvm.cttz(2) = 1</tt>.
4870</p>
4871</div>
4872
Reid Spencer497d93e2007-04-01 08:27:01 +00004873<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4874<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencerbeacf662007-04-10 02:51:31 +00004875 <a name="int_part_select">'<tt>llvm.part.select.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Reid Spencera13ba7d2007-04-01 19:00:37 +00004876</div>
4877
4878<div class="doc_text">
4879
4880<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Reid Spencerbeacf662007-04-10 02:51:31 +00004881<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.part.select</tt>
Reid Spencera13ba7d2007-04-01 19:00:37 +00004882on any integer bit width.
4883<pre>
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00004884 declare i17 @llvm.part.select.i17 (i17 %val, i32 %loBit, i32 %hiBit)
4885 declare i29 @llvm.part.select.i29 (i29 %val, i32 %loBit, i32 %hiBit)
Reid Spencera13ba7d2007-04-01 19:00:37 +00004886</pre>
4887
4888<h5>Overview:</h5>
Reid Spencerbeacf662007-04-10 02:51:31 +00004889<p>The '<tt>llvm.part.select</tt>' family of intrinsic functions selects a
Reid Spencera13ba7d2007-04-01 19:00:37 +00004890range of bits from an integer value and returns them in the same bit width as
4891the original value.</p>
4892
4893<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4894<p>The first argument, <tt>%val</tt> and the result may be integer types of
4895any bit width but they must have the same bit width. The second and third
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00004896arguments must be <tt>i32</tt> type since they specify only a bit index.</p>
Reid Spencera13ba7d2007-04-01 19:00:37 +00004897
4898<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencerbeacf662007-04-10 02:51:31 +00004899<p>The operation of the '<tt>llvm.part.select</tt>' intrinsic has two modes
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00004900of operation: forwards and reverse. If <tt>%loBit</tt> is greater than
4901<tt>%hiBits</tt> then the intrinsic operates in reverse mode. Otherwise it
4902operates in forward mode.</p>
4903<p>In forward mode, this intrinsic is the equivalent of shifting <tt>%val</tt>
4904right by <tt>%loBit</tt> bits and then ANDing it with a mask with
Reid Spencera13ba7d2007-04-01 19:00:37 +00004905only the <tt>%hiBit - %loBit</tt> bits set, as follows:</p>
4906<ol>
4907 <li>The <tt>%val</tt> is shifted right (LSHR) by the number of bits specified
4908 by <tt>%loBits</tt>. This normalizes the value to the low order bits.</li>
4909 <li>The <tt>%loBits</tt> value is subtracted from the <tt>%hiBits</tt> value
4910 to determine the number of bits to retain.</li>
4911 <li>A mask of the retained bits is created by shifting a -1 value.</li>
4912 <li>The mask is ANDed with <tt>%val</tt> to produce the result.
4913</ol>
Reid Spencerd6a85b52007-05-14 16:14:57 +00004914<p>In reverse mode, a similar computation is made except that the bits are
4915returned in the reverse order. So, for example, if <tt>X</tt> has the value
4916<tt>i16 0x0ACF (101011001111)</tt> and we apply
4917<tt>part.select(i16 X, 8, 3)</tt> to it, we get back the value
4918<tt>i16 0x0026 (000000100110)</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencera13ba7d2007-04-01 19:00:37 +00004919</div>
4920
Reid Spencerf86037f2007-04-11 23:23:49 +00004921<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4922 <a name="int_part_set">'<tt>llvm.part.set.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
4923</div>
4924
4925<div class="doc_text">
4926
4927<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4928<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.part.set</tt>
4929on any integer bit width.
4930<pre>
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00004931 declare i17 @llvm.part.set.i17.i9 (i17 %val, i9 %repl, i32 %lo, i32 %hi)
4932 declare i29 @llvm.part.set.i29.i9 (i29 %val, i9 %repl, i32 %lo, i32 %hi)
Reid Spencerf86037f2007-04-11 23:23:49 +00004933</pre>
4934
4935<h5>Overview:</h5>
4936<p>The '<tt>llvm.part.set</tt>' family of intrinsic functions replaces a range
4937of bits in an integer value with another integer value. It returns the integer
4938with the replaced bits.</p>
4939
4940<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4941<p>The first argument, <tt>%val</tt> and the result may be integer types of
4942any bit width but they must have the same bit width. <tt>%val</tt> is the value
4943whose bits will be replaced. The second argument, <tt>%repl</tt> may be an
4944integer of any bit width. The third and fourth arguments must be <tt>i32</tt>
4945type since they specify only a bit index.</p>
4946
4947<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4948<p>The operation of the '<tt>llvm.part.set</tt>' intrinsic has two modes
4949of operation: forwards and reverse. If <tt>%lo</tt> is greater than
4950<tt>%hi</tt> then the intrinsic operates in reverse mode. Otherwise it
4951operates in forward mode.</p>
4952<p>For both modes, the <tt>%repl</tt> value is prepared for use by either
4953truncating it down to the size of the replacement area or zero extending it
4954up to that size.</p>
4955<p>In forward mode, the bits between <tt>%lo</tt> and <tt>%hi</tt> (inclusive)
4956are replaced with corresponding bits from <tt>%repl</tt>. That is the 0th bit
4957in <tt>%repl</tt> replaces the <tt>%lo</tt>th bit in <tt>%val</tt> and etc. up
4958to the <tt>%hi</tt>th bit.
Reid Spencerc6749c42007-05-14 16:50:20 +00004959<p>In reverse mode, a similar computation is made except that the bits are
4960reversed. That is, the <tt>0</tt>th bit in <tt>%repl</tt> replaces the
4961<tt>%hi</tt> bit in <tt>%val</tt> and etc. down to the <tt>%lo</tt>th bit.
Reid Spencerf86037f2007-04-11 23:23:49 +00004962<h5>Examples:</h5>
4963<pre>
Reid Spencerf0dbf642007-04-12 01:03:03 +00004964 llvm.part.set(0xFFFF, 0, 4, 7) -&gt; 0xFF0F
Reid Spencerc6749c42007-05-14 16:50:20 +00004965 llvm.part.set(0xFFFF, 0, 7, 4) -&gt; 0xFF0F
4966 llvm.part.set(0xFFFF, 1, 7, 4) -&gt; 0xFF8F
4967 llvm.part.set(0xFFFF, F, 8, 3) -&gt; 0xFFE7
Reid Spencerf0dbf642007-04-12 01:03:03 +00004968 llvm.part.set(0xFFFF, 0, 3, 8) -&gt; 0xFE07
Reid Spencerc8910842007-04-11 23:49:50 +00004969</pre>
Reid Spencerf86037f2007-04-11 23:23:49 +00004970</div>
4971
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00004972<!-- ======================================================================= -->
4973<div class="doc_subsection">
4974 <a name="int_debugger">Debugger Intrinsics</a>
4975</div>
4976
4977<div class="doc_text">
4978<p>
4979The LLVM debugger intrinsics (which all start with <tt>llvm.dbg.</tt> prefix),
4980are described in the <a
4981href="SourceLevelDebugging.html#format_common_intrinsics">LLVM Source Level
4982Debugging</a> document.
4983</p>
4984</div>
4985
4986
Jim Laskeydd4ef1b2007-03-14 19:31:19 +00004987<!-- ======================================================================= -->
4988<div class="doc_subsection">
4989 <a name="int_eh">Exception Handling Intrinsics</a>
4990</div>
4991
4992<div class="doc_text">
4993<p> The LLVM exception handling intrinsics (which all start with
4994<tt>llvm.eh.</tt> prefix), are described in the <a
4995href="ExceptionHandling.html#format_common_intrinsics">LLVM Exception
4996Handling</a> document. </p>
4997</div>
4998
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00004999<!-- ======================================================================= -->
5000<div class="doc_subsection">
Duncan Sandsf7331b32007-09-11 14:10:23 +00005001 <a name="int_trampoline">Trampoline Intrinsic</a>
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00005002</div>
5003
5004<div class="doc_text">
5005<p>
Duncan Sandsf7331b32007-09-11 14:10:23 +00005006 This intrinsic makes it possible to excise one parameter, marked with
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00005007 the <tt>nest</tt> attribute, from a function. The result is a callable
5008 function pointer lacking the nest parameter - the caller does not need
5009 to provide a value for it. Instead, the value to use is stored in
5010 advance in a "trampoline", a block of memory usually allocated
5011 on the stack, which also contains code to splice the nest value into the
5012 argument list. This is used to implement the GCC nested function address
5013 extension.
5014</p>
5015<p>
5016 For example, if the function is
5017 <tt>i32 f(i8* nest %c, i32 %x, i32 %y)</tt> then the resulting function
Bill Wendling03295ca2007-09-22 09:23:55 +00005018 pointer has signature <tt>i32 (i32, i32)*</tt>. It can be created as follows:</p>
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00005019<pre>
Duncan Sandsf7331b32007-09-11 14:10:23 +00005020 %tramp = alloca [10 x i8], align 4 ; size and alignment only correct for X86
5021 %tramp1 = getelementptr [10 x i8]* %tramp, i32 0, i32 0
5022 %p = call i8* @llvm.init.trampoline( i8* %tramp1, i8* bitcast (i32 (i8* nest , i32, i32)* @f to i8*), i8* %nval )
5023 %fp = bitcast i8* %p to i32 (i32, i32)*
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00005024</pre>
Bill Wendling03295ca2007-09-22 09:23:55 +00005025 <p>The call <tt>%val = call i32 %fp( i32 %x, i32 %y )</tt> is then equivalent
5026 to <tt>%val = call i32 %f( i8* %nval, i32 %x, i32 %y )</tt>.</p>
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00005027</div>
5028
5029<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5030<div class="doc_subsubsection">
5031 <a name="int_it">'<tt>llvm.init.trampoline</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
5032</div>
5033<div class="doc_text">
5034<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5035<pre>
Duncan Sandsf7331b32007-09-11 14:10:23 +00005036declare i8* @llvm.init.trampoline(i8* &lt;tramp&gt;, i8* &lt;func&gt;, i8* &lt;nval&gt;)
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00005037</pre>
5038<h5>Overview:</h5>
5039<p>
Duncan Sandsf7331b32007-09-11 14:10:23 +00005040 This fills the memory pointed to by <tt>tramp</tt> with code
5041 and returns a function pointer suitable for executing it.
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00005042</p>
5043<h5>Arguments:</h5>
5044<p>
5045 The <tt>llvm.init.trampoline</tt> intrinsic takes three arguments, all
5046 pointers. The <tt>tramp</tt> argument must point to a sufficiently large
5047 and sufficiently aligned block of memory; this memory is written to by the
Duncan Sandsc00c2ba2007-08-22 23:39:54 +00005048 intrinsic. Note that the size and the alignment are target-specific - LLVM
5049 currently provides no portable way of determining them, so a front-end that
5050 generates this intrinsic needs to have some target-specific knowledge.
5051 The <tt>func</tt> argument must hold a function bitcast to an <tt>i8*</tt>.
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00005052</p>
5053<h5>Semantics:</h5>
5054<p>
5055 The block of memory pointed to by <tt>tramp</tt> is filled with target
Duncan Sandsf7331b32007-09-11 14:10:23 +00005056 dependent code, turning it into a function. A pointer to this function is
5057 returned, but needs to be bitcast to an
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00005058 <a href="#int_trampoline">appropriate function pointer type</a>
Duncan Sandsf7331b32007-09-11 14:10:23 +00005059 before being called. The new function's signature is the same as that of
5060 <tt>func</tt> with any arguments marked with the <tt>nest</tt> attribute
5061 removed. At most one such <tt>nest</tt> argument is allowed, and it must be
5062 of pointer type. Calling the new function is equivalent to calling
5063 <tt>func</tt> with the same argument list, but with <tt>nval</tt> used for the
5064 missing <tt>nest</tt> argument. If, after calling
5065 <tt>llvm.init.trampoline</tt>, the memory pointed to by <tt>tramp</tt> is
5066 modified, then the effect of any later call to the returned function pointer is
5067 undefined.
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00005068</p>
5069</div>
5070
5071<!-- ======================================================================= -->
5072<div class="doc_subsection">
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00005073 <a name="int_general">General Intrinsics</a>
5074</div>
5075
5076<div class="doc_text">
5077<p> This class of intrinsics is designed to be generic and has
5078no specific purpose. </p>
5079</div>
5080
5081<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5082<div class="doc_subsubsection">
5083 <a name="int_var_annotation">'<tt>llvm.var.annotation</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
5084</div>
5085
5086<div class="doc_text">
5087
5088<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5089<pre>
Tanya Lattnerd2e84422007-06-18 23:42:37 +00005090 declare void @llvm.var.annotation(i8* &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt; )
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00005091</pre>
5092
5093<h5>Overview:</h5>
5094
5095<p>
5096The '<tt>llvm.var.annotation</tt>' intrinsic
5097</p>
5098
5099<h5>Arguments:</h5>
5100
5101<p>
Tanya Lattnerd2e84422007-06-18 23:42:37 +00005102The first argument is a pointer to a value, the second is a pointer to a
5103global string, the third is a pointer to a global string which is the source
5104file name, and the last argument is the line number.
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00005105</p>
5106
5107<h5>Semantics:</h5>
5108
5109<p>
5110This intrinsic allows annotation of local variables with arbitrary strings.
5111This can be useful for special purpose optimizations that want to look for these
5112 annotations. These have no other defined use, they are ignored by code
5113 generation and optimization.
5114</div>
5115
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00005116<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5117<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Tanya Lattnere1a8da02007-09-21 23:57:59 +00005118 <a name="int_annotation">'<tt>llvm.annotation.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00005119</div>
5120
5121<div class="doc_text">
5122
5123<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Tanya Lattner39cfba62007-09-21 23:56:27 +00005124<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use '<tt>llvm.annotation</tt>' on
5125any integer bit width.
5126</p>
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00005127<pre>
Tanya Lattnerd3989a82007-09-22 00:03:01 +00005128 declare i8 @llvm.annotation.i8(i8 &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt; )
5129 declare i16 @llvm.annotation.i16(i16 &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt; )
5130 declare i32 @llvm.annotation.i32(i32 &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt; )
5131 declare i64 @llvm.annotation.i64(i64 &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt; )
5132 declare i256 @llvm.annotation.i256(i256 &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt; )
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00005133</pre>
5134
5135<h5>Overview:</h5>
Tanya Lattner39cfba62007-09-21 23:56:27 +00005136
5137<p>
5138The '<tt>llvm.annotation</tt>' intrinsic.
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00005139</p>
5140
5141<h5>Arguments:</h5>
5142
5143<p>
5144The first argument is an integer value (result of some expression),
5145the second is a pointer to a global string, the third is a pointer to a global
5146string which is the source file name, and the last argument is the line number.
Tanya Lattner39cfba62007-09-21 23:56:27 +00005147It returns the value of the first argument.
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00005148</p>
5149
5150<h5>Semantics:</h5>
5151
5152<p>
5153This intrinsic allows annotations to be put on arbitrary expressions
5154with arbitrary strings. This can be useful for special purpose optimizations
5155that want to look for these annotations. These have no other defined use, they
5156are ignored by code generation and optimization.
5157</div>
Jim Laskeydd4ef1b2007-03-14 19:31:19 +00005158
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00005159<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00005160<hr>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00005161<address>
5162 <a href="http://jigsaw.w3.org/css-validator/check/referer"><img
5163 src="http://jigsaw.w3.org/css-validator/images/vcss" alt="Valid CSS!"></a>
5164 <a href="http://validator.w3.org/check/referer"><img
5165 src="http://www.w3.org/Icons/valid-html401" alt="Valid HTML 4.01!" /></a>
5166
5167 <a href="mailto:sabre@nondot.org">Chris Lattner</a><br>
Reid Spencer05fe4b02006-03-14 05:39:39 +00005168 <a href="http://llvm.org">The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure</a><br>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00005169 Last modified: $Date$
5170</address>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005171</body>
5172</html>